



































































































































































































































































145 

Book_. w a - 
(bpyrightN?_ 


COPXHIGHT DEPOSET. 
















A 

MANUAL OF SPELLING 

FOR 

ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 


BY 

PHILIP W. GRINSTEAD 

N\ 

AND 

WREN JONES GRINSTEAD, A.M., Ph.D. 

EASTERN KENTUCKY STATE NORMAL SCHOOL 
RICHMOND, KENTUCKY 



TRANSYLVANIA BOOK COMPANY 

(incorporated) 

LEXINGTON, KENTUCKY 


PE \ ¥VS 


Copyrighted, 1923 

BY 

Transylvania Book Company 



DEC 24 *23 


© Cl A 7 CO 4 9 5 


i 




SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS 


1. General aims of the work: The Exercises in this book 
supply work that may be done day by day through a course 
of six years, beginning with the third reader grade and con¬ 
tinuing through the elementary school. 

2. What spelling does for the pupil: The word-image, or 
picture of a word in the mind, consists of (a) the sound of the 
word when spoken by others; (b) the feel of the word when 
spoken by oneself; (c). the look of the word when written or 
printed; (d) the feel of the series of hand movements which one 
makes in writing the successive letters of the word. The 
primary aim of spelling is to get this last aspect of the word- 
image right. But since the four aspects of the word-image are 
closely blended in the mind, both oral and written exercises are 
desirable. When we add to this fourfold image the content, 
or knowledge of the meaning and use of the word, which com¬ 
pletes the word-iclea, we see that spelling properly includes 
exercises in pronouncing, in sounding syllables and letters, in 
oral spelling, in use of words, and in writing them. 

As it is largely, though not wholly, a memory exercise, repeti¬ 
tion, drills, tests of all kinds, and even games, devices, and con¬ 
tests to stimulate interest and rivalry among pupils, are valuable 
aids in attaining proficiency. 

3. How to assign the spelling lesson: The teacher should 
pronounce to the class the words of the next lesson, and the 
meaning and use of each word should be fully explained and 
illustrated. Attention should be called to any new or difficult 
features, such as the sounds and markings of letters, accent, 
or other points that pupils themselves might not observe. The 
blackboard and dictionary should be freely used. 

4. How to conduct a written recitation in spelling: The 
teacher pronounces the words, or reads the sentences, slowly 
and distinctly, repeating only if it is clear that the pupils have 
not understood. Sufficient time should be given for the pupils 
to write and correct the word or sentence before the next is 

3 


4 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


given. Count the omitted words missed, and give the slow 
pupil special treatment outside class, if necessary. Written 
exercises may be exchanged among pupils for correction, then 
handed to the teacher for inspection before being returned to 
those who wrote them. Every error found should be corrected. 
All written work should be done as neatly as the pupil can do it. 
Improvement should be shown from day to day. The teacher 
must closely supervise and inspect all written work, even though 
pupils act as critics. 

5. How to conduct oral spelling: The teacher first pro¬ 
nounces the word. The pupil then pronounces it, and spells 
it orally, pausing after each syllable or pronouncing the syllable 
separately; and when he has finished pronounces the word 
again; thus: 

Teacher (pronounces): blackboard. 

Pupil (pronounces): blackboard: b-l-a-c-k, b-o-a-r-d (or 
b-l-a-c-k, black, b-o-a-r-d, board)’, blackboard. 

Be absolutely sure of the correct meaning and pronunciation 
of every word in the lesson. 

Move rapidly. Require attention by refusing to pronounce 
the word a second time unless it is apparent that the pupil 
has misunderstood it. 

Use oral spelling mainly for rapid review or for incidental 
testing of individual words; use written spelling generally for 
new work and for the correction of mistakes. 

All words misspelled, either in oral or written work, should 
be written correctly by the pupils who missed them, with 
special attention to the correct form. Throughout this book 
special exercises are given for tests and practice in pronuncia¬ 
tion and spelling. Review words, words often mispronounced, 
and some that might not otherwise be fixed in the child’s 
vocabulary are grouped in exercises convenient for monthly 
and annual spelling matches. 

6. Devices for stimulating interest in oral spelling: Have 

rapid pronouncing and spelling tests. The one who misses is 
“turned down”; or better still, “choose sides” and “spell down.” 
If a pupil misses a word, either in spelling or in any other 
required detail, count it as missed, and allow some one else to 


SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS 


o 


give it correctly. It is better for pupils to “catch” misspelled 
words without suggestion from the teacher. On occasions, 
advanced classes may be profitably matched against lower 
classes, using the test words which the lower classes are just 
then studying. 

7. Topical word lists: A special feature of this book is 
the frequent use of topical word lists as spelling material. 
These lists are drawn either from the daily experience of the 
child outside school, or from his other school studies, or from 
business or other activities. Selection may be made, if neces¬ 
sary, or supplementary material of the same kind introduced. 

8. Dictionary exercises: The dictionary is the one most 
important mental tool or text-book that the pupil will use 
constantly throughout life. The dictionary exercises are 
designed to make him familiar with this tool: to know how to 
find a word in it, to know what to look for in the dictionary 
account of a word, and first of all the habit of turning to the 
dictionary to settle any haziness there may be in his mind as 
to the spelling, pronunciation, origin or use of a word. 

9. Etymology: It is a habit of great value to notice the 
meanings and derivations of the words we use in our daily life. 
Hence many lessons in etymology are given. The plan of their 
development (including as they do the Anglo-Saxon, Latin and 
Greek elements so extensively entering into our methods of 
word-formation) will encourage an appreciation of what words 
mean , and lead to a pleasurable use of them, as well as to a 
wider range of vocabulary than is now usually obtained below 
the high school. 

10. Phonics and diacritical marks: Much attention should 
be given to phonic elements and their symbols. That is the 
only sure way to form correct habits of enunciation, and to 
enable the pupil to pronounce new words at sight or write them 
at hearing. Constant practice should be given until pupils are 
able to utter every one of the so-called elementary sounds, 
both singly and in combination with others. Familiarity with 
the symbols must be acquired as well as facility in uttering the 
sounds. Phonic drill should sometimes consist in marking the 
sounds and silent letters of words in a written spelling lesson; 


6 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


sometimes in specifying the sounds that make up a word in 
an oral lesson. 

11. What to call the sounds: The authors have'attempted 
to be conservative, and adhere as far as practicable to the 
generally received nomenclature. A desire to simplify has led 
to the use of the following terms to which attention needs to 
be called; since, while not new, they vary from the usage of 
some grade spellers: 

(a) Obscure vowels a, e, o, u, without distinction of “obscure 

medials” and “obscure shorts.” 

(b) Voiced co?isonanls in preference to subvocals, though the 

latter is also used. 

(c) Whispered, unvoiced or voiceless consonants, in preference 

to aspirates. 

(d) Sharp c (= s). 

(e) Roman vowel sounds: a (Ex. 30); e (55); I (57); u (66). 

Also (Roman) applied to the throat sounds of e (= k) 
and g (as in get). 

(f) English vowel sounds: Long a, e, I, o, u, y; short, a, e, 

W W V V 

1 , o, u, y. 

12. Variant pronunciations and spellings: Pupils should be 
taught that the dictionary is not inspired; that it gives us the 
correct usage only by reflecting the best usage; and that we may 
expect to find variation in some words. 

13. Silent letters and position phonograms: Silent letters so 
often contribute to the perception of the sound of other letters 
that such groups have come to be recognized as ]position phono¬ 
grams; such as ch, ci, (as also si and ti), ng, oi, and oy, ow, ph, 
sh, th. In none of these groups does either letter by itself 
have the sound of the phonogram or group. Other groups 
worthy of notice are as follows: 

a: a i, a_c, a y as in pain, pane, pa y\ 

a: §u, 6 before r, as in hard, horse; 

e: ea, ee, e_e, ei, as in ease, seek, mete, ei'ther; 

I: le, l_e, as in tied, tide; 

5: oa, oe, o_e, as in toad, toe, note; 

u: He, \L-~e, as in hue, tube. 


FIRST COURSE 

120 Exercises 


1 

Pronounce slowly and plainly: 

slate name same lame 

rake game blame rate 

i 

Pronounce these words again, holding the first sound lightly. 
Draw a picture of the idea meant by the word rake. 

I 

2 

shade gold leap prize 

meat tune bite hoe 

A letter or other shape written or printed is called a character. 
To spell a word is to write or name the characters used in it. 
These characters are signs or symbols of the sounds of the word. 
Phonic means having something to do with sound. A letter is 
a phonic symbol. Give the sounds of the phonic symbols 
a, e, i, o, u. These letters are called vowels. 

3 

Sometimes y is a vowel, as in the words fly, gyp sy. 

gate mane tame bead 

kite sly sold mute 

Name the vowels that are sounded in the above words. 

4 

Vowels are used to express different vocal sounds, which are 
indicated by marks above or below them. 

mete mane note bite tube 

met man not bit tub 

Long sounds of vowels are indicated by the mark " (called 
macron) above them. Short sounds of vowels are indicated by 
the mark w (called breve) above them. 

7 


8 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


5 

The long sounds of a, e, I, 5 and u are the same as the 


names of 

those letters. 



blade 

ride 

flute 

pole 

same 

slide 

lute 

beat 

me 

sore 

fry 

why 


6 



Long y 

is the same sound as 

long I. 


hide 

side 

sly 

pry 

mite 

mine 

try 

rye 


7 



Short y 

is the same sound as 

short l. 


met 

tub 

pit'y 

cit'y 

catch 

flock 

myth 

gyp'sy 


Sound the vowels in words in exercises 4, 5, 6 and 7. 


8 

A letter is said to be silent when it is not sounded in 
pronouncing the word. Silent letters are sometimes printed 
in italic or slanting type. 

In what words below are there silent vowels? 


blaze 

vote 

those 

rerite 

read 

road 

suit 

mule 

slf/n 

9 

tune 

these 

vote 

find 

came 

time 

pure 

Mark silent 

letters in exercises 

8 and 9, thus: 

rotyd, blaz'q, 


10 

Find five words in your reading lessons that have long 
vowels, and five words that have short vowels. 

Write these words and mark the vowels and silent letters. 


FIRST COURSE 


o 


11 

A word of one syllable is called a monosyllable. 
A word of two syllables is called a dissyllable. 


sad'ly . 

change 


seat'ed 

more 

richer 

grad'ed 


find'ing 

hu'man 

What words above are 

monosyllables? What ones dis- 

syllables? Mark 
silent letters. 

sounded 

vowels 

i 

(in first 

syllable), and 



12 



since 

frame 


neat'ly 

si'lent 

much 

slow'ly 


sold 

e rase' 


Mark the sounded vowels in the monosyllables. Mark the 
silent letters in the dissyllables. 

13 

re cite' spoke pu'pil praise 

teach'er ex plain' tune wheat 

What words in this exercise are monosyllables? Dissyl¬ 
lables? 

Write the words in this exercise and mark the long vowels 
and silent letters. 

14 

In words of more than one syllable, one of the syllables is 
spoken with more force than the other. It is called the accented 
syllable. The accented syllable is indicated by an accent 
mark; thus: ram'ing. Write the following words and mark 
the accented syllables: 

fa'vor peo'ple ad mire' mil'/er 

gra'vy be'ing po'et but'ler 


10 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


15 

re peat' en dure' laying pock'et 

qui'et sup pose' sup ply' sub mit' 

Copy the above words, mark accented syllables, sounded 
vowels in accented syllables, and silent letters. 

16 

eye cloak a wake stud y 

force cam brie rid ing spek er 

throat vo cal u nit win dow 

What words in this exercise are monosyllables? Dissyllables? 
Mark the vowels, the accented syllables, and silent letters. 


17 


Short sounds of vowels are indicated by the mark v over the 
vowel. 


(Copy and Recite) 


short a, sounded as in 

hat 

sat 

at 

short e, sounded as in 

met 

let 

get 

short l, sounded as in 

sit 

hit 

it 

short 6, sounded as in 

not 

t5p 

mop 

short u, sounded as in 

tub 

fun 

run 

short y, sounded as in 

hynm 

sym'bol 

gyp'sy 


18 

Find words in your reading lesson containing short sounds 
of vowels, like those in exercise 17. Write these words and 
mark the vowels in accented syllables. Write other words 
containing the long sounds of these vowels, and mark them. 


19 

ac'cent breve 

cop'y pen'cil ; 

Are these words monosyllables or dissyllables? 

Pronounce each word, mark the accented syllable, and 
sound the vowel in the accented syllable. 


pamt'er your 

brl'er tu'lip 


FIRST COURSE 


11 


20. Spelling Tests 


To the Teacher: See “Suggestions to Teachers.” 


Al'ice^ 

a lone' 

a muse' 

an'swer 

beak 

beast 

be gun' 

bon'net 

bottom 

cat'de 

caich 

change 

chick'ens 

cher'ry 

chop 

close 

co'zy~ 

dream 

drive 

dnft'ed 

dumb 

eas'y 

, el'der 

emp'ty 

Fan 'ny 

feath'er 

fenc'es 

foam 

for get' 

for give' 

gath'er 

gen'tle 1 


Write correctly all words you misspelled in the last twenty 
exercises. 


21 


Copy the following and fill the blanks. 

Sound each of the vocals (vowels) three times, and give 
the name of each sound; Thus: 


a, a, a; long a; 

w w w 

a, a, a; . 


e, e, e; 

WWW 

e, e, e; 
b b i; 

WWW 

b b i; 
o, 0, o; 

WWW 

o, o, o; 


u, U, u; 

WWW 

u, u, u; 


y, y> y; 

www 

y, y, y; 


mate, 


late, • tak'en. 










































12 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


22 

Find in your reading lessons words containing the long and 
short vowel sounds in exercise 21. 

Write these words and mark the sounded vowels and 
silent letters. 


23. Dictation 

Write these sentences, and mark the long and short vowels 
in accented syllables: 

We can never make up wasted time. 

Wealth can not buy health. 

Begin a sentence with a capital letter. 

These sentences end with a period. 


24. Names of Persons 


A17en Da'vid 

E17a 

Phil'ip 

Hu gh Hen'ry 

Lu'cy 

v 

An n a 

Frank -Ma'ry 

Em'wa 

Ag'nes 

James Do'ra 

T/iom'as 

John 

Write these words and mark the sounded 
cented syllables. 

Why do they begin with capital letters? 

vowels in ac 


25. Words of Opposite Meaning 




S' - 

- - 

more 

less 

raise 

loa/er 

fine 

coarse 

lead 

foYlow 

huge 

ti'ny 

shut 

o'pen 


What words are dissyllables? 

Mark accented syllables, and sound the vowels. 







FIRST COURSE 


13 


26 ' 

A word of three syllables is a trisyllable (trisyllable). 

following bov'row gold'en rod 

con tainting impulse re mem'ber 

beggar children cap'i tal 

What words are dissyllables? What ones trisyllables? 
Mark the sounded vowels in accented syllables and the silent 
letters. 

27 

ba'con po ta'toes sal'ad in'di cate 

but'ter ex pres'sion cal'i co mus'lin 

sand'wich al'pha bet sat'in syHa ble 

Tell what syllable is accented in each of the words above, 
and mark the accent. 

Mark the sounded vowel in the accented syllable. What 
words are trisyllables? 


28. Contractions 


I’m 

’tis 

it’s 

haven’t 

I’ll 

he’s 

we’ve 

she’s 

I’ve 

isn’t 

didn’t 

hasn’t 


Note: The apos'trophe (’) is used where one or more let¬ 
ters are left out, sometimes contracting two words into a 
monosyllable. 

Write the above contractions out in full, and use each in 
a statement. 


29. Review 

Write the letters of the alphabet that are vowels. What is 
the name of the mark “? The name of the mark w ? What 
does each indicate when placed over a vowel? What is a 
silent letter? Write six words that have silent letters in them. 
Name the dissyllables in exercise 27; the trisyllables. 


14 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


30 

We borrowed our alphabet from the Romans, of Italy. 
They called the first letter a, as in father. Hence, 
a as in father is called Italian a. 

a as in past is Medial a, sometimes called short Italian a. 


card 

ant 

part 

ar'my 

task 

hard 

brass 

an'swer 

start 

pass 

mar'ket 

dar'ling 

Observe: The sound of a is between a and 

a. 

Pronounce 

the words containing a. Pronounce the words 

containing a. 

Sound a, a, a; 

Shy cij 3; j 3jj fly 

a. 



31 


patter 

pas'sing 

to ma'to 

dance 

fla'vor 

gar'den 

Ma'ry 

charm 

lat/'ing 

pal'ace 

Mar'tha 

branch 

Pronounce the accented syllable in the above words. How 
many different sounds of a are found in those words? Sound 

them. 


32 


be lo w f 

letter 

larg'er 

grass'hop per 

phbn'ic 

I tal'ian 

bas'ket 

sun'set 

ap'ple 

i de'a 

shine 

Hugh 

Name the words above that are trisyllables; the dissyllables. 
Write, sound, and give the names of the vowels in the accented 

syllables. 


33 


harp 

glass 

half 

starch 

blast 

dark'ness 

laugh 

bath 

plas'ter 

dar'ling 

chance 

ask'ing 


Mark the vowels in these words. Use each word in a 
sentence. 


FIRST COURSE 


15 


34 


a as in air is flat a, or a modified by r. 
This sound is between a and a. 


hare 

square 

pear 


stair 
re pair' 
pre pare' 


de clare' 

share 

par'ent 


hair 

pair 

com pare' 


Sound a, a; a, a; a, a; 


v-' A A * w A A* 

a, a, air; a, a, air. 


strange 

caim'ly 

whine 


35 


rare'ly 

dream'ing 

sing'ing 


cab'in 

wax'ing 

mu'sic 


care'ful 

sen'tence 

mut'fon 


Write these words and mark the accented vowels. Write 
sentences containing these words. 


36 

stair'way post'ed car'pet last'ed 

bottom fiy'ing chairs kftch'en 

hur'ry seat'ed man'tle skil'Zet 

Mark the accented vowels in these words. Sound them. 
How many different vowel sounds are there in the ac¬ 
cented syllables in these words? 


37 

S' I 

scarce plen'ty save 

har'dy ten'der gath'er ing 

rais'ing loie'er ing prompt 

What words in this exercise are trisyllables? 

What pairs of words are of opposite meaning? 

How many sounds of a are there in these words? Sound 
them. 


spend 
scatter ing 
tar'dy 


16 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


38 

Broad 6, as in or'der 
Medial 6, as in cost 


cord 

gone 

horn 

st6rm 

of f 

bor'der 

soft 

loft 

short 

long 

morn'ing 

form 

Observe: 

The sound of 6 is between 6 and 6. 


Sound o, oak; 6, not; o, oft; 

v )Ai A A 

o, o, o, or. 



Spelling Tests 



39 

40 


best 

chops 

children 

un til' 

Is'land 

dan'ger 

care'ful 

mu'sic 

load 

knob 

fasten 

ac he 

mule 

close 

which 

nlne'ty 

wheth'er 

ac cept' 

breathe 

fig'ure 

Charles 

pen'cil 

coarse 

whole 

ug'ly 

bridge 

weath'er 

to'rnrd 

friend 

bi'cy cle 

of ; /ice 

laitgh'ing 

Write correctly all words you 

misspelled in the last twenty 


exercises. 


41. Dictation 

Fill the blanks with the proper form of the words sit, set, 
lay and lie. 


We will.on the bench in the park. 

Agnes will.the table. 

Thomas may.the knife on the chair. 


Can Mary and Martha.in the hammock? 

Observe: What marks follow the first and last sentences? 
Write other forms of these words. 






FIRST 'COURSE 


17 


42 


Long oo, as in moon. 
Short do, as in look. 


smooth 

look 

stoop 

took 

hook 

goose 

crook 

hoof 

tooth 

wood'en 

proof 

shook 

Sound oo, 

do; o, 6; 6, orb; 

o, lost. 



43 


hoc 

cof'/ee(i) 

school 

loft'y 

hose 

follows 

ldok'ing 

good'ness 

yoke 

clos'et 

for'tune 

noon'time 


Find and write two words in your reading lessons con¬ 
taining each of the sounds of o or oo given in the words in 
this exercise. 


44 

Short u modified by r, or 

circumflex u, as in burn. 

urn cur'tain tur'nip cur'ren cy 

churn scourge fur'nish oc cur' 

nurse Thurs'day sur'plus turn 

Sound u, ii, ur; use, us, urn. 

What are the names of these three sounds of ut 
What are the names of the marks used to indicate them? 

45. Diphthongs 

oi, as in oil, is the same sound as oy in toy. 
ou, as in out, is the same sound as ow in now. 
w is said to be a vowel sometimes, but by itself it never 
has a vowel sound. With another vowel it helps make a 
diphthong, as in now, how. 


soil 

joint 

pro nounce' 

spout 

boy 

en joy' 

growl 

sound 

noise 

ap point' 

shout 

round 

joys 

a n noy' 

fowl 

brown 


Sound the diphthongs in the above words. 
Diphthongs are not marked. 


18 

MANUAL 

OF SPELLING 




46 


ba'by 

V 

Ann 

March 

brass 

va'por 

at'tic 

Charles 

Blanche 

tak'ing 

val'Zey 

garVet 

lance 

wak'ing 

rab'Mts 

par'lor 

ask'ing 

What words in the last four exercises have silent letters 

in them? 




How many different sounds of a are there 

in these words? 

Sound and give the name of each. 




47 


care'ful ly 

leaf 

Jes'sie 

No vem'ber 

bare'back 

teeth 

swel/s 

en tlre'ly 

bear'trap 

weak 

Hel'en 

li'bra ry 

stair'steps 

week 

edg'es 

Chl'na 

ex press' 

marks 

c/iar'ac ter 

but'Zer fly 

In which of these words does ee have the sound of e? 



48 


kftch'en 

grown 

dollar 

a long' 

Rich'ard 

Jo'seph 

drop'ping 

, trongh 

In'di an 

Oc to'ber 

Lord 

wrong 

gmg'/iam 

shonl'der 

for'ward 

congh 

twen'ty 

ef'/ort 

vow'el 

dif'/er ent 

In the last 

two exercises 

what words are 

monosyllables? 

Dissyllables? 

Trisyllables? 



Sound the vowels in the accented syllables. 




49 


fool'ish 

suit 

curse 

boil'ing 

loose 

cu'cum ber 

tur'moil 

roy'al 

crdbk'ed 

cous'm 

moist 

aZ lowed' 

gbod'ness 

ciil'ti vate 

voy'age 

moun'tain 

Write the 

words in this 

exercise containing diphthongs. 


Sound the diphthongs. 


FIRST COURSE 


19 


50. Dictation 

Write and fill blanks. 

Frankfort, Ky. 
., 19. 

Dear Father, 

This is my first . I am . 

it at school. I am playing that I am writing 

from ., Ky. That is the capital of 

our . Will you be . soon? I 

hope so. We are lonesome . you. 

Please write .... 

Affectionately, 


51. Subvocals or Voiced Consonant Sounds 

Consonant sounds are of two classes: Subvocals or Voiced 
sounds, and Whispered or Voiceless sounds. Voiceless sounds 
are sometimes called aspirates. You can tell them apart by 
holding your fingers lightly to your throat while you sound 
them. With the voiced, or subvocal, sound you will feel the 
voice vibrating in your throat. Make this test while sound¬ 
ing the symbols given below: 


b 

as in 

bat. 

Sound b at, 

bat 

d 

il 

a 

dip. 

u 

clip, 

dip 

g 

a 

a 

got. 

a 

got, 

got 

j 

ll 

l i 

jar. 

11 

j ar, 

jar 

1 

a 

a 

line. 

a 

1 Ine, 

line 

m 

a 

ll 

mask. 

a 

m ask, 

mask 


a 

a 


a 

_ 

_ 

n 



noon. 


n oon, 

noon 

n 

a 

a 

fin ger. 

a 

fin (fing) ger 

fin'ger 

r 

a 

a 

rare. 

11 

r arc, 

rare 

th 

a 

a 

then. 

a 

th en, 

then 

V 

u 

it 

vest. 

a 

v est, 

vest 


a 

a 

• 

a 

V 

V 

w 



win. 


w in, 

win 


a 

a 


a 


yes 

y 



yes. 


yes, 

z 

a 

11 

zone. 

i i 

z one, 

zone 

z 

a 

a 

azure. 

a 

azh ure, 

az'ure 


Which one of the above subvocals is sometimes a vowel? 












20 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


52. Building Words from Sounds 

See how many words you can make by placing the subvocals 
in exercise 51 in front of the following: 


ane 

an 

Ite it 

br 

ape 

ap 

Ine in 

ook 

ade 

ad 

ute lit 

dot 

ame 

am 

ar'ro w ut'£er 

art 

Sound and pronounce the words you make thus: 

• 


b — Ite, 

bite; m — an, man. 



53. Equivalent Vowel Sounds 



6 in not = a in what 



A • 

o in 

orb = a in all 


a is called broad a; a 

is called short broad a; 

6 is called 

broad o. 




saw'cer 

lodge 

wa/k 

caked 

or'phan 

what 

• 

horse 

wasp 

Mawd 

saive 

bottom 

corn 

per form' 

wafch 

• 

swan 

or'ange 


54 

Write words having the short o (o) sound in one column 
and opposite them write words having the short broad a (a) 
sound. Thus: lodge, wash. 

Write words having the broad a (a) sound and opposite 
them write words having broad o (6) sound. Thus: w$ik, 
corn. 

Sound &, o, 6, a; a, a, 6, 6; 6, 6, a, a. 

Equivalent sounds are those which sound alike, though 
expressed by different symbols. Thus: 6 and a are equiva¬ 
lents. They have the same sound, 


FIRST COURSE 


21 


55 

e (Roman e modified by r), as in where = flat a (long a 
modified by r), as in air. 

e (Roman e like long a), as in they = long a as in May. 


there 

sleigh 

care'ful ly 

bare'back 

rare 

stay 

where'fore 

therefore 

where 

neigh'bor 

weight 

fra'grant 

de spair' 

play'ful 

raise 

eight'y 

Mark the accented vowels. In these words, 

what sound 

follows e or a 

? Write and 

mark words from 

your reading 

lessons having the same vowel sounds as the words above. 

What other sounds of e are there? Write and mark words 

containing them. 





56 


e (tilde e), as in her, = i, 

6, or y (tilde i, o and y) in girl, 

work, Myr'tle. 




The tilde vowels = u ( circumflex u), as in urn. 

nerve 

worm 

Ber'tha 

learning 

fir 

scourge 

Myr'tle 

skirt 

earn 

world 

searching 

work'man 

first 

hurling 

thirst'y 

twirl'ing 

Observation: 

The o sound 

is found in only a few words, 

and then only before r in monosyllables and in unaccented 

syllables. 


57 


Roman i, as 

in va Use', = < 

e, as in eat. 


po lice' 

re lease' 

va Use' 

ce'dar 

in trigue' 

che mise' 

freeze 

ma line' 

I rene' 

e'ven 

ra vine' 

un seen' 

fa tigue' 

league 

ma chine' 

ma rines' 


Mark the accented vowels. 


22 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


58 


6 like short 

u (u), as in son, = 

u in sun. 


o like long < 

oo (oo), as in do, = 

bo in moon. 


o like short 

A 

oo (66), as in wolf, 

= 66 in took. 


won 

to 

boot 

wom'an 

fun 

too 

foot 

foot'man 

does 

two 

wolf 

prove 

oth'er 

food 

took 

moose 

Sound: 6 , u; o, oo; o, do; o, 

o, 6 , oo, 66, u. 


Write and mark words containing all the sounds of o you 

have learned. 





Spelling Tests 


Pronounce 

and spell the words, state which 

syllable is 

accented, and name and sound 

the accented vowel. 


59 

60 


ac'cess 

thougkt'ivl 

chis'el 

silk 

cit'i zen 

rail'road 

trow'el 

wool'en 

gallop 

hopping 

good by' 

hose 

mus'ket 

gim'let 

lawgh 

braid 

balance 

ham'mer 

for ev'er 

thim'ble 

sev'er al 

scuttle 

o ver took' 

buttons 

George 

skillet 

fair'ies 

flan'nel 

hun'dred 

fun'nel 

lace 

fire'man 

Write correctly all words you misspelled in the 

last twenty 

exercises. 





61 




a, a 



wait 

shame 

pat 

glad 

lame 

spade 

sad 

mad 

game 

wade 

man 

hat 


Make dissyllables out of the words above by adding ed, 
ly, ness, or less. Mark the accented syllables. 

Anything added to a word to change its meaning is called 
a suffix. 


FIRST COURSE 


23 


62 

•• • 
a, a 

bas'ket fasl/er par'ty har'ness 

plas'ter mas'ter mar'ket gar'dcn 

grasses last'ed scar'let par'don 

Mark the vowels in the accented syllables in the above. 
Make trisyllables by adding the suffix ing to some of the 


above words. 

63 


- 


e, e 



E'dith 

be lieve' 

Hen'ry 

les'sons 

ei'ther 

dream 

ten'der 

Em'ma 

re'al 

mean 

leath'er 

health 

Mark the 

accented vowels and 

the silent 

letters in these 


words. In what words does ea have the sound e? 

64 

— — V 

i) h y> y 

Ju ly' buy hymn syl7a hie 

u rate' by gnilt'y . syc'a mors 

dime rhyme Phil'ip symp'tom 

How many different vowel sounds are there marked in 
the words above? 

65 


- V 'tfx A 

o, o, o, o 


Coha 

not 

song 

horns 

don’t 

knot 

frost 

north 

shoul der 

John 

toss 

cor ner 

throat 

fore head 

lost 

or chard 

whole 

to mor row 

throng 

morn ing 


Find four words in your reading lessons having the four 
sounds of o in this exercise. 

Mark the accented syllables and vowels, and the silent letters. 


24 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


66 

u like long oo (bo) in rule = oo in shoot, 
u like short oo (do) in pull = do in took, 
o like long oo (oo) in do = oo in moon. 


sure (shbor) 

Ru'pert 

bulldog 

tom b 

shoot 

root'ing 

looking 

bruzse 

spruce 

cru'el 

bos'om 

pul'pit 

room 

scoop'ing 

wood'en 

wot^id 

Sound all 

marked letters 

in these words. 

Make dissyl- 

lables out of monosyllables by adding suffixes. 




67 

\ 



u, u 

, and u 


bu'gle 

thumb 

fur'nish 

Lu'cy 

pu pil 

punch 

fur ther 

put ty 

tube 

drum 

curl y 

fur nace 

Mark the accented syllables and the sounded vowels. 



68 


tune 

Au gust 

church 

Hu gh 

cure 

trust y 

hur ry 

mud dy 


Find two words in your reading lessons having each of the 
sounds of u given above. Write them and mark the accent, 
sounded vowels, and silent letters in them and in the words 
above. 

69 

a = e; a = 6 

dai'sy eight'y swallow bottom 

weigh ing safe ty os trich squad 

late ly con vey ing swamp pop u lar 

Mark the accented vowels and syllables. Name and sound 
the voiced consonants in this exercise. 


FIRST COURSE 


25 



70 




a = 6 ; a 

A 

= e 


a u ger 

re sort 

fair 

there 

sort ed 

saa sage 

where 

mare 

Siu tumn 

re form 

hair 

re pair 

Mark accented vowels and syllables in exercises 69 and 

70. In which of these words is a u — a? 


Observe: In 

the last ten exercises what letter is most 

frequently silent? 71 




A' M 

e, 1 , 0 , y 

= ft 


Her'bert 

work'irig 

girl 

thlr teen' 

whirling 

burn'ing 

vir'tue 

ver'dure 

Myr'tle 

learn 

term 

words 

Sound the marked vowels in 

this exercise. 

Write other 

words having 

the same sounds, 

and mark accented vowels. 


72 




1 = e; e 

= a 


ra vine' 

su preme' v 

r eight 

re peat'ing 

ap pear' 

neigh'bor slate 

sleigh 

ma rine' 

ma'cron po lice'man 

tai'lor 

How many 

different vocal sounds are there 

in accented 

syllables in this exercise? Sound them. 


What vowels 

are equivalents? 



Words with ft = 6 ; u = 0 

/ •• •• 

= 00 ; u = 0 

= do. 


73 



biin'dle 

bos'om 

prunes 

lose 

won'der 

a bove' 

shoot'ing 

shoe 

'sud'den 

shove 

fruit 

move 


What words above have the sound of u? of do? of oo? 

74 


wood love'ly co coon' woidd 

wom'an sug'ar (shoog) does looked 

push fdbt'man through should 

What words have the sound of bo? of do? 


26 MANUAL OF SPELLING 


Review of Sounds 
75 


a wake' 

pre pares' 

thread 

E li'za 

an'i mal 

August 

fern 

mir'ror 

heart 

swap 

where 

whirl'ing 

pass'ing 

peo'ple 

whey 

term 


76 



Oc to'ber 

lord'ly 

Ken tuck'y 

moist 

sor'row 

moon'beam 

curbing 

boys 

soft'ly 

foot'race 

houghs 

My'ra 

working 

June 

bows 

gyp'sy 


What diphthongs in exercise 76? 


77. Dictation 

Down in a green and shady bed 
A modest violet grew; 

Its stalk was bent, it hung its head, 

As if to hide from view.— Clint Ruby. 

Name the monosyllables; the dissyllables; the trisyllables. 
Observe: Every line of poetry begins with a capital letter. 


78. Voiceless Consonants 

Voiceless consonants are those that are sounded with the 


ithout 

any voice 

tone. They are 

as follows: 

f 

as 

in 

fire. 

Sound f Ir, 

fire. 

h 

as 

in 

hand. 

Sound h and, 

hand. 

k 

as 

in 

kite. 

Sound k It, 

late. 

P 

as 

in 

pipe. 

Sound p Ip, 

pipe. 

s 

as 

in 

sack. 

Sound s ak, 

sack. 

t 

as 

in 

tan. 

Sound t an, 

tan. 

ch 

as 

in 

chair. 

Sound ch ar, 

chair. 

sh 

as 

in 

shore. 

Sound sh 5, 

shore. 

th 

as 

in 

thick. 

Sound th Ik, 

thick. 


FIRST. COURSE 


27 


Spelling Tests 



79 


80 

pftch'er 

JL 

Hen'ry 

an oth'er 

un der neath' 

fore'head 

Fan'ny 

wool'en 

weight 

un'cle 

dsiugh'ter 

jWy 

sc/iool'mate 

bought 

Flo'ra 

CORgh 

care'ful ly 

sur prise' 

pic'ture 

be tween' 

thresh'er 

col'or 

Hel'en 

hynrn 

Feb'ru a ry 

laRgh'ter 

cow'ard 

pj’ece 

neigh'bor 

once (wuns) An'mi 

sen'tence 

Sep tem'ber 

noise 

saw'cer 

stiid'ied 

chim'ney 

crumhs 

Mon'day 

syl'Za ble 

Tues'da y 

Write correctly all words you misspelled in the last twenty 

exercises. 





Words of Opposite Meaning 

—a. 


81 


wise 

fool'ish 


light heav'y 

scarce 

plen'ty 


wild gen'tie 

prompt 

tar'dy 


tend'er tough 

Words of opposite meaning are called antonyms. 


82 

A 

straight 

> 

crook'ed 


r , -> 

suf'fix pre'fix 

sue cess' 

fail'ure 


deep shal'low 

joy 

sor'row 


short'er lon'ger 


In exercises 81 and 82, mark vowels in accented syllables, 
and silent letters. 


83 

Add the syllables er and est to the following words: 


sour 

com'mon 

brief 

slow 

stout 

clear 

meYlow 

safe 

qul'et 

yel'low 

strong 

poor 


What is a syllable added to the end of a word to change 
its meaning called? 


The suffix er means more; the suffix est means most . 











28 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


84. Equivalent Consonant Sounds 

t 

Some consonants may represent more than one sound. 
Sometimes two consonants together have the sound of one 
consonant. When consonants or consonant groups sound 
alike they are called equivalent consonants. 

The following marked consonants and consonant groups 
are direct equivalents of the sounds given after them: 


9, 

as in gent, 

= 

s. 

Sound 

g-e-n-t, 

gent. 


“ “ come, 

= 

k. 

u 

c-o-m, 

come. 

Qh, 

“ “ ghaise, 

= 

sh. 

iC 

gh-a-z, 

ghaise. 

g, 

“ “ page, 

= 

• 

3- 

ll 

P-a-g, 

page. 

gh, 

“ “ rough, 

= 

f. 

u 

r ii-f, 

rough. 

L 

“ “ on'ion, 

= 

y- 

u 

o-n'y-o-n, 

on'ion. 

n, 

“ “ thank, 

= 

ng. 

tc 

th-a-n-k, 

thank. 

ph, 

“ “ Phif'ip, 

= 

f. 

It 

Ph-I-P-I-p, 

Phil'ip. 

q, 

“ “ bou quet', 

— 

k. 

it 

b-u k-e', 

bou quet'. 

qu, 

“ “ quit, 

= 

kw. 

u 

kw -l-t, 

quit. 

§, 

“ “ his, 

= 

z. 

a 

h-I-s, 

his. 

a. 

wh, 

11 “ when, 

= 

hw. 

u 

hw-e-n, 

when. 


“ “ exist', 

= 

gz. 

t( 

W V if 

e-gz l-s-t, 

ex 1st'. 

Note: 

g and gh are 

French sounds; 

c is Roman c; g and 

wh are 

English sounds; 

s and 

x are voiced s 

and x ; n is 

gutteral 

or throat n; u 

after q (or g) 

is consonant u. 


85 

Which of the equivalent consonants in exercise 84 are 
voiced? Which are voiceless? 

Which one is nearly always a vocal (vowel)? 

Write words having sounds of the consonants in the left 
column in exercise 84, and mark the consonants. 

86 

soup steak vin'e gar shoeg 

stew su'gar (shoo) bis'emt wool'en 

sal'ad sir'up shawl leath'er 

Sound final s in shoes. What is its equivalent consonant? 
Write and mark ten other words that are names of articles 
of food. Spell, and sound marked vowels. 


FIRST COURSE 


29 


• 


87 


veil 

bon'net 

gar'ter 

saa'sage 

scarf 

neck'tie 

glove 

flour 

shirt 

stocking 

butter milk lard 

Write the 

vowels in this 

exercise that have equivalent 

sounds. Name the trisyllables in the last two exercises. 



88 


kifch'en 

flre'plage 

win'dowg 

clos'et 

par'lor 

gefl'ing 

stove'plpe 

shutder 

basement 

door'waT/ 

geldar 

chim'ney 

What are 

the equivalents 

of the marked 

consonants in 

this exercise? 





89 


playground 

phon'ics 

lan'guage 

class'mate 

re gess' 

re glte' 

point'er 

po llte'ness 

stud'y 

die ta'tion 

o bey ' 

num'berg 

What word contains u = 

w after another 

letter than qf 

What word 

contains ti = sht Write sentences containing 

these words. 




Sound marked letters. What are their equivalents? 



90 


planting 

moie'ing 

milk'ing 

spraying 

sow/mg 

plow'ing 

chunking 

thresh'ing 

reaping 

feeding 

hacking 

har'vest ing 

What silent letters are there in these words? 

What word has a diphthong in it? Sound it. 


91. 

Trees 


plum 

cher'ry 

ap'ple 

hick'o ly 

pear 

a'pri eot 

lem'on 

oak 

or'ange 

peach 

pop'lar 

per sim'raon 

Write the 

names of ten other trees. Mark the sounded 

vowels, and 

silent letters in 

them. . 



30 

MANUAL 

OF SPELLING 




92 

• 

git'ieg 

riv'ers 

for'ests 

eoun'ty seats 

towns 

mountains 

X 

plains 

razl'roads 

coun'tieg 

coal'mlnes 

cap'i tal 

fac'to ries 

X 


What sounds has s in these words? What sounds has c 
in these words? Sound them. 

What words contain diphthongs? What words are mono¬ 
syllables? Dissyllables? Trisyllables? 


93. Parts of the Body 


sku \l 

boneg 

pahn 

joints 

trunk 

mus'cles 

heel 

heart 

limfrg 

skin 

lungs 

brazn 

arms 

JL 

blood 

shoahder 

eYhow 

Copy the 

words having silent 

letters and 

mark them. 

Mark the vowels in these words. 




94. Action Words 


shout 

car 'ry 

touch 

scratch 

scream 

stoop 

toss 

bow 

whis'per 

march 

throw 

help 

waicli 

jump 

shoot 

sing 

Add the 

suffix ing to each of 

these words. 

Mark the 


accented syllables in the words you make. 

95. Dictation 

Copy and fill blanks: 

My post office is. 

It is in.County. 

Our county seat is... 

There are. counties in this state. 

.is the capital of.. 

... is Governor of . 










FIRST COURSE 


31 


96 

Sound the voiced consonants and combine them with the 
phonograms below, so as to make words you know. 



b — d — g - 

- j — 1 — m - 

- n — r — v 


a£ch 

afl 

and 

mi 

ook 

ate 

est 

end 

old 

bom 

ale 

ack 

\qe 

ock 

urn 


Sound and combine like this. 

I 

b — aich, baich; 1 — end, lend. 

Sound these voiceless consonants and combine them with 
the phonograms above, so as to form words you know. 

f — h — k — p — s — t — th — sh — ch — wh 

97. Review of Diacritical Marks and Vocals 

Marks used with letters to distinguish or indicate their 
sounds are called diacritics (dl a critics), or diacritical marks. 

Copy and fill blanks. Mark and sound the vowels. 
Symbol Mark Name of Sound Examples 

a macron above long a ate . 

V 

a . 

a dots .. ..... 

a . 

& .- . 

a . 

• 

a circumflex. . . 

e ..- . 

V 

e . 

A 

e . 

e tiide . 

e macron below . 

• i . 

i . 


l 

f 









































32 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


98 


Follow directions given for exercise 97. 

Symbol Mark Name of Sound 

o . 

o . . 

A 

0 . 

6 breve-circumflex 

6 ... 

6 . 

o . 

o . 

u . 

V 

u . 

u 


u 

y 

y 

y 


Examples 


Spelling Tests 
99 


Follow directions for previous tests. 

Drill on pronunciation of these words, as well as spelling. 
Sound all marked letters and accented syllables. 


an'kleg 

cap 7 tain 

cru'el 

ei'ther 

as sist'ant 

geil'ing 

crys'tal 

elm 

bar'ber 

gel'Zarg 

cup'board 

en'e mies 

X 

be gm'ning 

gen'ter 

del'i cate 

en'gme 

be neath' 

ger'tain 

des'ert 

X 

fab'ric 

bleat'ing 

chief 

don'key 

farthest 

bri'er 

cous'in 

doubt 

fastened 

ca noe' 

erea'ture 

ear'nest 

faults 

































FIRST COURSE 


33 


100 


for'eipn 

m'stru ment 

pas'tor 

ti'ny 

fought 

joy'ous 

pig'eon§ 

tongue 

glange 

lange 

preg'i dent 

twl'hght 

gloss'y 

lawgh'ter 

pris'on er 

wel'eome 

height 

mis'fie toe 

quafter 

wig'dom 

Zion'est 

mous taghe' 

rac edon' 

wrm'kle 

lm'age 

neighbors 

scig'sors 

wrong 

im ag'ine 

par'ents 

sur prised' 

youths 

Write correctly all words you misspelled in the 

last twenty 

exercises. 





Related Number Words 



101 



(w)one 

(w)o nge 

fOwr 

fourth 

two 

twlge 

five 

fifth 

three 

third 

six 

sixth 

One and 

once are pronounced 

as if they began with w 

followed by the vowel sound 6 = 

= u. 



102 



sev'en 

sev'en th 

ten 

tenth 

eight 

eighth 

e lev'en 

e lev'enth 

nine 

ninth 

twelve 

twelfth 


Eighth is pronounced like a-t-th. Pronounce it several 
times, until you can give both the t and th sounds: a-t-th _ 


103 

thirteen thirteenth six'teen sixteenth 

fo^r'teen fourteenth sev'en teen sev'en teenth 

fifteen fifteenth eight'Sen eighteenth 

Note: When these words are emphasized in contrast to 
other numbers, as in counting, the accent is on the first 
syllable: thirteen , etc.; otherwise thirteen etc. 


34 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


104. Months and Their Abbreviations 


Jan'u a ry 

Jan. 

July 7 

July 

Feb'ru a ry 

Feb. 

August 

Aug. 

March 

Mar. 

Sep tem'ber 

Sept. 

A'pril 

Apr. 

Oc to'ber 

Oct. 

Ma# 

May 

No vem'ber 

Nov. 

June 

June 

De gem'ber 

Dec- 


Observe: What names of months have more than three 
syllables? What ones have no abbreviated forms? 


105. Dictation 

Thirty days hath September, 

April, June and November. 

The other months have thirty-one, 
Except the second month alone; 

To it we twenty-eight assign 
Till Leap Year gives it twenty-nine. 


106. Polysyllables 


A word of four 
syllables.) 

accent 
m'di eate 
prin'gi pal 
syl7a ble 


or more syllables is 

me'di al 
prl'ma ry 
dFa crit'ics 
see'ond a'ly 


pol y syl la hie (many 

dis syl7a ble 
tri syl'Za ble 
pol'y sylJa ble 
mon'o syl'Za ble 


What kind of word is each of the above with regard to the 
number of syllables it has? 


107 

Write the dissyllables, trisyllables and polysyllables in the 
exercise above in different lists. 

Polysyllables usually have two accented syllables. The one 
pronounced with greater force has the primary accent. The 
accented syllable spoken with less force has the secondary accent . 

In the polysyllables in exercise 106, which syllables have 
primary accent; which ones have secondary accent? 


FIRST COURSE 


35 


108 

Write the following words, giving each an affix (prefix or 
suffix): 


hun'gry 

re'al 

sub scribe' 

po llte' 

bless'ed 

for got' 

pa'tri ot 

re treat' 

bidding 

pos'si ble 

pub'lic 

de ny' 

Mark the vowels in accented syllables of the new words you 
make. What ones are polysjdlables? 

109. Prefixes and Suffixes 

un tie' 

re take' 

prlge'less 

safe'ly 

mis la y f 

dis plage' 

help'er 

steam'er 

fore teK' 

pre pa y' 

faith'ful 

shy'ness 


What syllables are prefixes (placed before)? 

What syllables are suffixes (placed after)? 

110. Words Often Misused 

Write sentences , filling blanks: 

lay 1 You may.your cap on the table. 

lie / It will.there until you return. 

is 1 His father.a large man, but 

are / his playmates .only children. 

was 1 It.in October when Columbus discovered America. 

were/ The sailors.glad to see the land. 

let 1 Will you.me use your boat? 

leave/ I ask your.to take it. 

set 1 When you.the table we 

sit / will.down to dinner. 

Tests and Practice 

In the next four exercises, mark the words completely, 
and pronounce and sound each syllable separately. 

Ill 

be stirs cor po ral er rand fi er y 

cer tain ly croak es cape folks 

com fort a ble doubt eye sight foun tain 












36 

MANUAL 

OF SPELLING 




112 


gath er 

guess 

ham mock 

heirs 

gloss y 

guide 

hand ker chief hith er 

grief 

hab it 

heave 

hon or 



113 


i de a 

mag ic 

met al 

no tice 

im ag ine 

meant 

mur mur 

par cel 

ly ing 

mel o dy 

naugh ty 

pierced 



114 


right eous 

stair way 

tow el 

vis it 

seize 

stir rup 

un tie 

wear ing 

source 

style 

view (vu) 

wring 


115. 

Dictation 


Concrete 

is cement and 

sand or gravel 

mixed together 

with water. 

Sometimes cracked rock, sand, 

and water are 

used with cement to make 

concrete. 



Sidewalks and roads are often made of concrete. Founda¬ 
tions of many large buildings are of concrete. 

Great ships are now being built of concrete with steel 
rods laid in it. 

Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 


116 117 


hun'dred 

knead 

lone'some 

neigh'bor 

i'gi cle 

kneel 

loose 

nine'ty 

in quire' 

/cnelt 

lo§e 

o bey' 

in tend' 

knob 

ma ghlne' 

o’clock' 

often 

pftch'er 

rinse 

sure (s=sh) 

on'ion 

prom'ise 

rents 

sur prise' 

or'phan 

qui'et 

sazd (a=e) 

sword 

par'ents 

quite 

Sat'ur da y 

threw (ew=ob) 


FIRST COURSE 


37 


118 119 


pave'ment 

quOth 

saw'ger 

sel'dom 

pe'ri od 

re gite' 

scig'sorg 

written 

pic'nic 

re joige' 

sleigh 

wftch'eg 

pic'ture 

re ward' 

steak 

won'der 

through 

va'grant 

Wednesday 

wom'en (o=i) 

tong ue 

sun 'shine 

weigh 

wool'en 

truth 

village 

where 

writ'ing 

um brel'Za 

vin'e gar 

wheth'er 

yarn 

un til' 

voige 

weath'er 

yes'ter day 

use'ful 

waste 

which 

ze'bra 

veil 

waist 

wi^ch 

ze'ro 

veing 

wa'ter 

wom'an 

• 

Zi'on 



120 


Write correctly all words you misspelled 

in the last twenty 


exercises, mark them, and use each in a sentence. 


SECOND COURSE 



120 

Exercises 




121 


a = o 

e = a 

t+f A 

1 = U 


born 

vein 

whirl'ing 

de horn' 

bawl 
• • 

strain 

hurl'ing 

scrawled 

form'ing 

sleigh 

shirking 

height 

hawl'ing 

straight 

hurt'ing 

un furl' 



122 


i = e 

~ ~ ~ A. • \J 

a = o = e =u o=u 


ma ghin'er y 

on'ward 

col'or 

ob liqae' 

su preme' 

hu'mor 

suburb 

ar'mor 

teeh niqwe' 

vin'e gar 

eom'fort 

ru' mor 

be lief' 

earth 

siif'/er 

hew'er 

Observe tilde 

vowel sounds (a, e, o, similar to u) in unac- 

cented syllables. 


123 


y=i 

o = u = ob 

o = u = oo 
• • 


fifing 

boot'jack 

foot'rage 

rhym'ing 

time'ly 

mov'ing 

bul'tet 

• 

ex clu'sive 

tiy'ing 

shoot'ing 

wolf'ish 

tour'ist 

mlnd'ful 

bruis'ing 

hoop'net 

euck'oo 

Sound the marked vowels 

in exercises 121, 

122, and 123. 



124 


• • 
g = J 

gh = ph=f 

§ = z 

s (before u) = zh 

pledged 

rough 


measure 

led'ger 

stuf f 

buz 2 

treasure 

reg is ter 

Ralph 

wis dom 

lei sure 

gen er al 

self 

diz zy 

pleas ure 


Soft g (g) is equivalent to j, and has that sound only before 
e, i, or y. Sound it. 

Complete the marking of words in this exercise. 


38 


SECOND COURSE 


39 


125 


x = ks 

x = gz 

n = ng c = 

s; -e = k 

ox'en 

ex act'ly 

think 

sur'fage 

socks 

ex am'inc 

tcring'mg 

crack'ers 

a. 

fox'es 

ex ist'ing 

sprink'le 

cess'pool 

locks 

ex am'ple 

swinging 

Chi ca'go 

Pronounce all words in the 

last five exercises. 

Sound all 


equivalent consonants. 

Roman c = k is the regular sound of c, except before 
e, i, or y. Hereafter it will not be marked unless for special 
reasons. 

126 

Write separate lists of the voiced and voiceless consonants 
in exercises 124 and 125. 

What words in these exercises are monosyllables? What 
ones dissyllables? Trisyllables? 

Sound the marked vowels and the voiced\ and voiceless 
consonants in these two exercises. 

4 

127. Dictation 

My next birthday will be., 19. 

I shall be .. years old then. 

Our next holiday will be. 19. 

Thanksgiving is in the month of. 

George Washington’s birthday is the twenty- 
second of February. He was born in the year 
1732. 

Word Building 
128 

0 

love lov'ing loved lov r a ble 

cure cubing cured cur'a ble 

val r uc vaPu ing valued val r u a ble 

What letter is silent in words in first column? 

What is added to these words in the other columns? 
What are such additions to a word called? What kind of 
letters begin these suffixes? 








40 


4 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


r 

129 

Add the suffix able or er to the following words: 

blame en dure' whis'de lodge 

desire' define' in sure'(shoor) erase' 

ex cuse' han'dle fid'dle • dance 

_L 3 

What became of the silent e at the end of these words 
when these suffixes were added? 

Ride I: Silent e at the end of a word is usually dropped 
when a suffix beginning with a vowel is added. 

130 

Apply Rule I by adding the suffix y or ing to the follow¬ 
ing words: 

Ige juz’ge shade paste 

haze saage shake wave 

bone shine splge grease 

Mark the accented vowels and the consonants in the new 
words you make. . 

Note a change of s in grease. 

m • 

Apply Rule 7, and add the suffix ed or er to these words: 
smoke trage rove shine 

scale weave trade whine 

seal hate spade rinse 

Mark the accented vowels and the consonants in the 
words you make. 

132. Exceptions to Rule I. — Final e Retained 

Some words ending in silent e do not drop e when a syl¬ 
lable beginning with a vowel is added. 


hoe 

shoe 

mlle'age 

tinge 

toe 

dye 

singe 

no'tige a ble 

Observe: If 

final e 

were dropped from 

these words when 

ing is added, 

words 

of entirely different 

pronunciation or 


meaning would be formed. 


SECOND COURSE 


41 


133 

Words ending in ce or ge retain the final e when the 
suffixes able or ous are added. 

Add one of these suffixes to the following words: 

trage p eaqe man'age ad vantage 

courtage no'tige change outrage 

4 

Observe: If e were dropped in these words, the result 

would be c able, g able. How would these endings be pro¬ 
nounced? 

134. Homonyms 

Homonyms are words that sound alike but have different 
meanings. 

We passed by the toy store, but did not buy any. 
The noon hour is when we stop to eat our luncheon. 
One prize was won by industry. 

If we could get plenty of wood to burn, we would not 
use coal. 

Their friends were all there to bid them good-by. 

Dye is used to color cloth. 

It is more heroic to die nobly than to live for no 
good purpose. 

135. Dictation: Memory Gem 

A child should always say what’s true, 

And speak when he is spoken to; 

And behave mannerly at table —■ 

At least as far as he is able. 

— Robert Louis Stevenson. 


won 




42 

MANUAL OF SPELLING 



136. 

Proper Names 


Men 


Women 

Places 

Al'bert 


w 

Anne 

Ash'land 

An drew 


Blanche 

Bos'ton 

C/iris'to pher 

E'dith 

Frank'fort 

Dan del 


E ll'za 

Lex'ing ton 

Ed'gar 


fil'ten 

New'port 

Hafold 


Em ma 

Pitte'burgh 

I'saac 


Su'san 

JL 

Rich'mond 


137. Suffixes of Opposite Meaning 


To the following add the suffixes less and ful and note change 

in meaning 

of words. 



use 

faith 

sin 

cheer 

harm 

joy 

heed 

thank 

pain 

la w 

fear 

thought 

rest 

help 

need 

care 


Observe: The suffixes less (meaning without) and ful (mean¬ 
ing full of) have opposite meanings. Mark the vowels sounded 
in the new words formed. What is a suffix? 

Double e (ee) usually has the sound of e. Exceptions: In 
breeches , been , and coffee the sound of ee is like i. 


138. Prefixes of Negative Meaning 

Prefix un , in or im (meaning not) to the following: 


seen 

e'ven 

ho'ly 

friend'ly 


hap'py 
plea?'ant 
selfish 
a'ble 


mod'est 
pos'si ble 
mov'a ble 
per'feet 


vis'i ble 
cur'a ble 
sen'si ble 
act'ive 


Mark accented syllables, vowels, consonants and silent let¬ 
ters in the new words you make. 


SECOND COURSE 


43 


139. Spelling Tests 

In the two following exercises, write the words and mark 


accented syllables and silent letters, 
bade doctor rejoice 

pierce 

stopping 

happiness 

weighing 

eighth 

arithmetic 

knead 

animals 

twelfth 

padlock 

melody 

handful 

steak 

good-by 

leather 

bathing 

thirteenth 

knelt 

boughs 

orphan 

sixteenth 

moist 

scorch 

rough 

properly 

waist 

measure 

tough 

slavery 

bowlder 

touch 

140 

considered 

colonel 

daily 

families 

sunbeam 

major 

Robert 

promise 

sirloin 

lieutenant 

pleasant 

' icicle 

therefore 

company 

hundred 

bicycle 

promptly 

regiment 

ripen 

period 

neither 

battalion 

union 

comma 

either 

eyelids 

onion 

ocean 

captain 

dignified 


141. Phonic Review — Consonants 

Write and pronounce the following words, marking the 
consonants indicated: 

g soft, like s, in gen'tral, De gem'ber. 

€ hard, like k, in con'tract, cap'i tal. 
ch (unmarked), in children, chick'en. 

gh soft, like sh, in ma ghine', gha grin', 
g hard, in for give', re gret'. 
g soft, like j, in gen'tle man, reg'i ment. 
th (unvoiced), in thdught'iul, tlnck'ness. 

th voiced, in therefore, gath'er. 

n like ng, in bank'ing, sln'gle. 

qu like kw, in quo'tient, quart, 

wh like hw, in where, white. 



44 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


142 

Find words in other exercises containing the consonant 
sounds in the first column of exercise 141. 

Write them and mark the consonants and the vowels in 
accented syllables. 

Which of these consonant sounds are voiced? Which 
unvoiced? 


143. Words Sometimes Misused 

Fill blanks. 

On . every pretty winter day children were 

playing in the park. 

. of them were skating on the ice. 

Mother, . I go to the woods, where I . 

find wild flowers for you? 

An honest. is more to be praised than the 

finest.in the land. 

I .you will not be able to.the riddle. 

If you will.me what you know, I shall. 

many valuable lessons. 

If they. come tomorrow, we_have a 

fine party. 

144 

Write the abbreviations of these words: 

Siin'dat/ Wedncg'da?/ Sat'ur da y mispress 

Mon'da y Thurs'da?/ Ken tuck/y doc'tor 

Tues'da?/ Fri'day mis' ter street 


al'most 

most 

can 
may 

la'dy 

woman 

guess 
think 

learn 1 
teach / 

shall 
will 
















SECOND COURSE 


45 


145 


Add the suffixes er and est to the following words, and 
note what happens to the final consonant; thus: 

sad sad'der sad'dest 


mad 

big 

hot 

dim 

slim 

thin 

snug 

glad 

red 

wet 

trim 

flat 


Rule II: Monosyllables and words accented on the last 
syllable, ending in a single consonant preceded by a single 
vowel, double the final consonant before a suffix beginning 
with a vowel. 

Memorize and write this rule. 


146. Dissyllables under Rule II 

Add the suffixes ed, ing to the following words: 

re gret' per mit' pre fer' 

o mit' re mit' con fer' 

sub mit' o c cur' un pin' 

Observe: These words end with a single consonant, pre¬ 
ceded by a single vowel. How does Rule II apply to them? 


147. Derivative Words Under Rule II 


Omit the suffix from the following words: 


sun'ny 

fur'ry 

robbed 

mud'dy 

pup'py 

dipped 

fog'^y 

wit 'ty 

pat'ter 

fun'ny 

skin'ny 

drum'mer 


skip'ping 

drop'ping 

pop'ping 

spin'ning 


What are the suffixes above? What else was dropped from 
these words besides the suffixes? 

Observe: The suffix ed after an unvoiced consonant sound 
is pronounced t, as in locked (lokt). 


46 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


148. Dictation 


Dr. isn’t here now. He has gone 

to see a patient. Mrs. is ill, and has 

sent for him. His automobile will soon take 
him to her home. She lives at No. 125 Main 
Street. 


weight 

wait 


right 

write 


mane I 
main J 


night 

knight 


149. Homonyms 

His.is one hundred and ten pounds. 


Shall we.for the car? 

It is not always easy to do.. 

When you . letters be sure to dot the i’s. 

The horse’s.is long and black. 

Honesty is the.thing to observe in business. 

The brave.was always polite. 

It is pleasant to be out on a moonlight. 


a'corns 

JL 

al read'y 

150 

an'kle 

be cause' 

aft er noon' 

a mus'ing 

an'swer 

beeg'wax 

aft'er wardg 

an'c/ior 

barn'yard 

be Kev'ing 

be longs' 

blaz'mg 

151 

bon'fireg 

bou q net' 

blaek'ber ne§ 

bleat'mg 

bon'net 

branch'eg 

blan'ket 

bless'mg 

bought 

break'fast 

breath'mg 

brushed 

152 

bush'es 

• j- 

chestnuts 

bri'ers 

buck'et ful 

business (u=i 

') clhek'ens 

brought 

buf'/a lo 

char'i ot 

chTrp'ing 

chobs'ing 

closing 

153 

com'mon 

cov'ered 

claws 

col'org 

con tent' 

crawlg 

clotbeg 

com'fort 

cous'm 

creat'ures 












SECOND COURSE 


47 


154 

What words in the last four exercises are spelled accord¬ 
ing to Rule I? How does Rule I apply to these words? 

In what words is the sound n? Sound it. 

Sound the marked vowels .in accented syllables. 

What words are trisyllables? 


155 


crick'et 

crbok'ed 

crowd 


down'ward 

doz'en 

driv'en 


for gotten 
hlght'ened 
gar'den er 


crowned 

cushion 

dark'ness 


dan'ger dSar'est 

d&ugh'ter dec'la ra'tion 

daicn'mg de light' 


156 

earth'ly falsehood 

Eng'land (e=i) far'ther 
ev'er y bod'y fa'vor lie 


feng'eg 

fin'ger 

flit'dng 


157 


gn&w$ 

gone 

grand'fa tber 


grand'motb er har'vest 
grid'cde haich'et 

growl hatched 


W^hat w r ords in the last three exercises contain diphthongs? 
Sound them. What words are polysyllables? What words 
are spelled according to Rule II? 

In what words do you find tb (voiced)? 


158. Dictation 

True worth is in being, not seeming; 

In doing each day that goes by 
Some little good, not in dreaming 
Of great things to do by and by. 

— Alice Cary. 


48 

MANUAL OF SPELLING 



Spelling Tests 




159 


Island 

ber'rieg 

dew'drop 

surf 

prai'rie 

cotlon 

rained 

foun'tain 

valley 

millet 

riv'er 

beach 

deg'ert 

tim'o thy 

tOI 

sponge 

moun'tam 

clo'ver 

brook 

mus'sel 

vol ca/no 

tur'mps 

creek 

oys'terg 

fruits 

mel'ons 

har'bor 

lob'ster 

graing 

lem'ons 

billow 

perch 

grass'eg 

pea'nuts 

o'gean (ce=sh) carp 

flow'erg 

pump'kmg 

Ige'berg 

clamg 



160 


state 

vot'er 

sav'age 

prmt'er 

coun'ty 

e lec'tion 

givll Ized 

bak'er 

Qity 

of'/i ger 

bar'bar ous 

buich'er 

na/tion (sh) 

con'gress 

man kind 7 

flre'man 

re public 

presl dent 

wom'an hood 

brfike'man 

de moc'ra gy 

gov'ern or 

chlld'hbod 

en gi neer' 

kmg'dom 

git 1 zen 

farm'er 

con duc'tor 

em'pire 

mat/or 

sail'or 

car'pen ter 

cap'i tal 

sheriff 

paint'er 

druggist 

ar'my 

judge 

team'ster 

post'man 


161. Final y 

before Suffixes 


shad'y 

shadl er 

shadl est 

shadl ly 

n&ugh'ty 

Yi&ugh'ti er 

n&ugh' ti est 

n&ugti ti ly 

hap'py 

hap'pi er 

hap'pi est 

hap'pi ly 

Observe: What suffixes are 

added to the words in the first 

column? What becomes of the final y? 


Rule III: 

Words ending 

in y preceded by 

r a consonant 

change y to i 

when a suffix not beginning with i is added; 

but retain final y when a suffix beginning with 

i is added. 


SECOND COURSE 


49 


162. Final y Retained before Suffix Beginning with i 


shy 

shleg 

shied 

shy' ing 

pry 

prieg 

pried 

pry' ing 

crv 

%/ 

crieg 

cried 

cry' ing 

Observe words in last column, and note that final y is not 

changed to 

i when a suffix beginning with 

i is added. 



163 


Add the 

suffixes er, est and ly to these 

words: 

ea'sy 

mlght'y 

' liap'py 

pretty (e=i) 

gloss'y 

heav'y 

mer'ry 

shift'y 



164 


Add the 

suffixes es, ed 

and ing to the following words: 

try 

de ny' 

mar'ry 

re ply' 

car'ry 

stud'y 

hur'ry 

sup ply' 


With what suffixes above is final y changed to if 
With which suffix is final y retained? Why? 

Repeat Rule III. 

165. Words Sometimes Misused 

One person.much to do. 

We can give no more than we. 

They soon . all they came to see, and when 

they had.it they were satisfied. 

This orange is the.of the two. 

John’s work was the.of the three. 

Th.... men who work faithfully will succeed, and all 
will honor.for their industry. 

Those who try can.to positions of importance. 

Men sometimes . sunken ships and repair 

them. 

Mark the vowels and consonants in these words. 


has 

have 












50 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


Syllabication 

In the following exercises pronounce, spell orally and 
write each word. Divide them into syllables, mark the 
accent, and the sounded vowels in accented syllables. 


166 


mischief 

finish 

raiment 

diamond 

lawyer 

clumsy 

silence 

unreasonable 

woodchuck 

straggler 

margin 

college 

pleading 

railroad 

quivering 

beanstalk 



167 


cruelty 

bullet 

persuade 

penniless 

menagerie 

dangerous 

furnish 

trousers 

unable 

variety 

despaired 

torrents 

underbrush 

nonsense 

lunatic 

bureau 



168 


bury 

several 

discover 

wallow 

anxious 

terrible 

seaport 

advantage 

mouthful 

pursuit 

satisfied 

prowling 

hopeless 

rein 

wondrous 

dairy 



169 


surface 

vanished 

toiler 

seldom 

venture 

heavily 

feeble 

rudder 

ragged 

fortune 

voyage 

curiosity 

wrecked 

laborer 

successful 

diary 


170. 

Dictation 


Spiders 

have eight 

legs. Insects 

have but 

six. Spiders are not 

insects. 



Butterflies have four wings. How many legs 
have they? Are they insects? 


SECOND COURSE 


51 


171. Obscure Vowels 

Sounds of short vowels and medial a, in unaccented syl¬ 
lables, become obscure, or lightly sounded, and are marked 
with an inverted breve (fi) under them. 

mer'chant con'ti nent garment con trol' 

cor'al com'ma at'las so'da 

^ r\ r\ r\ 

hi^/i'land I de'a Cu'ba sub mit' 

v r\ r\ 

What short vowels in these words become obscure? 

What medial vowel is obscuref 

1 

172. Modified Long Vowels 

Sounds of long a, e, o and u in unaccented syllables are 
modified and sounded lightly. They are marked with a 
modified macron ( J ‘) over them. 

a/re a dam'age pro duge' sur'fage 

co'co nut fu'ture pro vide' for'tu nate 

lit'er a ry be side' be neath' de sire' 

What modified long vowels are there in the above words? 


know 

no 


hare 

hair 


} 


souls 

soles 


steel 

steal 


\ 



two 

too 

to 


N 

>• 


y 


boughs 

bows 


173. Homonyms 

No one can learn a better lesson than to. his 

duty. 

A.is what we call a rabbit. 

She had long, curling. 

Religion helps save our ., but good deeds 

are more important. 

Do not wear out the . of your shoes running 

along evil paths. 

Steel is one of the most useful forms of iron. 

“Thou shalt not .” is a Commandment. 

We have.hands,.eyes,.ears,.feet. 

.many cooks spoil the broth. 

We should always get .... school in time. 

The . of the tree were laden with blossoms. 

A gentleman.to the friends he meets. 



















52 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


174. Words of Opposite Meaning 

i * 

Write words of opposite meaning to the following: 


keen 

strait 

borVoio 

/zon'est 

sweet 

coiir'age 

bro'ken 

sin gere' 

rough 

sense 

sloa/ly 

a gree'a ble 


In the words you write, mark accented syllables, vowels, 
and silent letters. Sound the marked vowels and consonants. 


Words Relating to Commerce and Industry 

175 


Agriculture (ag'ri cul'ture) 


al fal'fa 

A 

bar'ley 

plow 

ma ghin'er y 

maize 

harVoio 

cul'ti va tor 

home'stead 

oats 

trac'tor 

thresh'er 

stock'rais ing 

wheat 

har'vest er 

moie'er 

sl'lo 



176 



Transportation (trims'p6r ta'tion) 

wag'on 

height 

ca nal' 

rs 

steam'er 

steam'boat 

railway 

trol'Zey 

mo'tor truck 

barge 

ex press' 

en'gme 

a'er 6 plane 

pas'sen ger 

sc/zbon'er 

yac/it 

tram'way 



177 



Mining (mln'mg) 


lime'stOne 

cop'per 

lead 

sul'phur 

mar'ble 

sil'ver 

steel 

met'al 

quartz (z = s) 

gold 

gran'ite 

as'phalt 

l'ron (ern) 

zinc 

sand'stone 

tip'ple 


SECOND COURSE 


53 


178. Tilde a, e, T, o, y in Unaccented Syllables = u 

o'ver em'per or sat'yr sol'dier (jer) 

shep'/ierd ll'ar lit'er al em'er aid 

i- rs rs 

cow'ard ac'tor min'er ed'i tor 

These vowels when obscure and followed by r in an un¬ 
accented syllable have equivalent sounds, and are marked 
with the tilde (~), as in the words above. Circumflex u, in 
cur, has nearly the same sound. 

Spelling Tests 


ad mire' 

braid'ed 

179 

chief 

cow'ard 

a fram’d' 

r\ 

break'fast 

rs 

chim'ney 

cush'ion 

• rs 

a gainst' (ai= 

e) breath 

gir'cle 

dan'de H'on 

rs 

a rith'me tic 

r \ 

breathe 

cll'mate 

d&ugh'ter 

au'tumn 

bus'y (u= 

i) coax 

e rect' 

ba na'na 

rs rs 

car'ried 

col'umn 

ex cuse' 

be caase' 

• • -L- 

geil'ing 

com'pa ny 

ex cuse' 

-L. 

be tween' 

gel'Zar 

con trol' 

rs 

ex ist' 

JL 

bl'gy cle 

gen'tral 

cowgh'ing 

fore'/iead 

borcl'der 

chap'ter 

coun'try 

for gotten 

friend 

In'di an 

rs 

180 

maid'en 

nei'ther 

glisten 

in quire' 

man'y (a=e) 

noise 

-L. 

good by' 

jan'gle 

meas'ure 

X 

no'tige 

. w f 

gyp sy 

jos'fle 

mel'o dy 

Oat'meal 

health'y 

judg'ment 

min'ute (u=i) 

o’clock' 

heaped 

knead 

mon'key 

of'£en 

heav'y 

knob 

muf'/in 

onge (wiinge) 

hun'gry 

knot 

mur'mur 

out'ward 

in tend' 

leath'er 

mu'sic 

pic'nic 

I tal'ian 

rs 

listen 

nap'kin 

ppch'er 


54 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


181. Dictation: The Scout’s Pledge 

I pledge allegiance to my Flag and to the 
Republic for which it stands — one nation, 
indivisible, with liberty and justice for all. 

182 

Consonant sound of i, like y in you. 


on'ion 

r\ 

gen'iiis 

6 pin'ion 

billion 

AN 

un'ion 

pe cul'iar 

com pan'ion 

an J- an 

min 7 ion 

r\ 

million 

fa mil'iar 

con ven'ient 

pin 7 ion 


183. Proper Names 


Men 

Women 

Nationalities 

Places 

Pat'rick 

Hel'en a 

A 

A mer'i cans 

a* an •*- 

Cleveland 

a* 

Mar'tin 

Em 7 ! ly 

Cu'bans 

A 

Jack'son 

/A 

Gwy 

Lou i§e' 

Por'to Ri'cans 

a • J ~ 

Hart'ford 

Matthew 

Grage 

Fil i pi'nos 

Wheeling 


184 

Write Rules I, XI, and III, and give five words spelled 
according to each rule. 


course 
coarse , 

prays 
praise < 
preys 


wares J 
wears j 

rain 

rein < 
reign 


185. Homonyms 

My course shall be along the path of honor. 

My conversation shall never be vulgar or. 

He prays best who asks God for strength and wis¬ 
dom to do all the good he may find to do. 

It is well enough to . the good deeds people 

do. 

The hawk. upon small animals. 

The merchant who sells good . should be 

patronized. 

He.rubbers to keep his feet dry. 

The. fell in torrents. 

The horse was held with a tight_ 

The Great War was during the . of King 

George V. 














SECOND COURSE 


55 


Syllabication 

Write the words in the following exercises. Divide them 
into syllables, mark vowels, accented syllables, and conso¬ 
nants that take markings. Mark silent letters. 


186 


curled 

wheatfields 

dining 

eaves 

friendly 

sheaves 

narrow 

frown 

beautifully 

anybody 

' guard 

daylight 

isles 

escape 

chewing 

straighten 

October 

April 

thimble 

melted 

i 



187 


fireflies 

obeyed 

rigging 

arrow 

crew 

liberties 

allowed 

aroused 

delicate 

stirrup 

hammocks 

stirred 

pasteboard 

sirup 

present 

uncoil 

pavement 

squirrel 

picnic 

proudly 



188 


forward 

snatched 

doorway 

ribbon 

courthouse 

stranger 

homeward 

dodging 

mastiff 

farmhouse 

sobbing 

treetops 

terrier 

torrents 

struggling 

searching 

November 

May 

gypsy 

traded 



189 


torches 

stylish 

stooped 

customer 

pastor 

cottage 

starving 

dingy 

selfish 

unlikely 

tongue 

treasures 

figures 

guessed 

eyesight 

trousers 

tongue 

June 

family 

tailor 


56 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


190. Misused Words 


an'y 1 
ei'ther / 

ex pect' 
sus pect' 

fun'ny 

strange 

/ 

re ceipt' 
rec'i pe 

V 

ex cept' \ 
un less' / 



\ 


. of these several books will suit me, but I 

do not care for.of those two. 

We.every one to do his best. 

I .. he has missed the train. 

The little squirrel was so . we could not 

help laughing at its antics. 

How.it seemed to see snow in July. 

The merchant gave me a . for the money 

I paid him. 

Will you give me your . for making mince 

pies? 

All of us . those who are ill will go to the 

picnic, .the weather prevents. 


191. Dictation — Memory Gem 

They are slaves who fear to speak 
For the fallen and the weak; 

* sH sH iH 

They are slaves who dare not be 
In the right with two or three. 

192. Great Americans 


George Washington 
Benjamin Franklin 
T/iomas Jef/erson 
Abraham Lincoln 
Daniel Webster 
Theodore Roosevelt 
George Rogers Clark 


Rbbert E. Lee 
Ulysses S. Grant 
Woodrow Wilson 
Henry Clay 
Patrick Henry 
Clara Barton 
Alexander Hamilton 


To the Teacher: Have pupils bring to class brief sketches 
or stories about these persons. These stories may be read 
or told for opening exercises until all have been so presented. 
















SECOND COURSE 


57 


193. Building Words from Phonograms 

Sound the consonant or consonant group in first column, 
and add such phonogram groups in other columns as will 
make words you know. 


b 

at 


ate 

id 

€ 

an 


ane 

ite 

d 

alZ 


ash 

ape 

th 

en 


Ine 

ose 

th 

in 


ink 

ank 

ch 

iid 

1 

iimp 

ed 

sm 

old 


ought 

aich 

cr 

en 


&ught 

one 

wh 

ong 


ough 

uf f 

sh 

up 


em 

ite 



194 



Mark accented syllables, silent letters, and sounded vowels 

and consonants 

in these words. 



boast 

toast 


con tain 

hid den 

ea ger 

treat ed 


com plain 

hap pen 

bea con 

creak ing 


ex claim 

has ten 

feast ed 

reck on 


ex plain 

fash ion 



195 



State what Rule applies to 

each 

of these words. 

dip'per 

wea'ri ly 


beast'll ness 

bak'er 

rob'frer 

tar'di ness 


rip'ping 

shak'ing 

pop'per 

heart'! ly 


knot'ty 

pleas'ing 



196 



Write words opposite'in meaning to these, and mark them. 

saint 

se vere' 


dark'ness 

sad'ly 

foe 

pi'ous 


gloom'y 

quick'ly 

e'vil 

young'er 


stu'pid 

doubt'ful 

strength 

mean 


tough 

hon'est 


58 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


Spelling Tests 

Pronounce, divide into syllables, mark accented vowels, 


consonants, and silent letters. 


197 

198 

afraid 

adopted 

awakened 

army 

assisted 

atmosphere 

audience 

America 

accepted 

accident 

candidate 

confide 

Catholic 

curious 

character 

climate 

colony 

collars 

comply 

chickens 

deliver 

favorite 

declared 

graceful 

desert 

glorious 

diligent 

grocer 

eighth 

geography 

excursion 

goats 

empty 

honor 

experience 

headache 

foliage 

Heaven 

French 

holiday 

persevere 

cannon 

companions 

direction 

oranges 

disobey 


* 199 

200 

accustomed 

beans 

already 

beloved 

angrily 

bursts 

ankle 

bushel 

bloody 

breakfast 

comfort 

democratic 

chewing 

disappoint 

clothes 

delicate 

coaxing 

design 

complaint 

developed 

justice 

neither 

kept 

niece 

knitting 

opportunity 

length 

Ohio 

liquid 

plenty 

luggage 

principal 

misery 

principle 

major 

quiet 

mowing 

replied 

merrily 

ruined 

awkward 

nowadays 

atmosphere 

genuine 

quartette 

occasion 


Mark sounded vowels in accented syllables, and silent 
letters. 

Question: What are words of opposite meaning called? 

Mark accent, vowels in accented syllables, silent letters, 
and consonants that take markings, in exercises 197 and 198. 


SECOND COURSE 


59 



201. Homonyms 

My kite has a very long.. 

The. he told was very interesting. 

We.. in an automobile over a beautiful country 


The people went . on the . of July to 

celebrate Independence Day. 

The. was cool and refreshing when they took 

their son and . out for a ride. 

What is a homonym? A synonym? An antonym? 


202 


Write words containing the consonant sounds below, and 
mark such consonants, if necessary. 


g, soft, as in gen'tral 
c, hard, “ “ cook'ing 
gh, soft, “ “maghine' 
g, hard, “ “ gath'er 
g, soft, “ “ a'gent 
s, like z, “ “ de sires' 
th, voiced, “ “therefore 
n, likeng,“ “ fin'ger 
ph, like f, “ “ pho'to graph 


x, like ks, 
x, like gz, 
qu, like kw, 
wh, like hw, 
gh, like f, 
th, voiceless, 
ch, unmarked, 
s, sharp, 
qu, like k, 


as in ex'er glse 

a u w / i 

ex am pie 

“ 11 ques'tion(chun) 

it U 1 A 

where 


u u 
u u 
u u 
a a 
a u 


cowgh 
thought 
chase 
Sun'da y 
bou que£' 


Which of the consonants or consonant groups above are 
voiceless? Which are voiced? * 

Hereafter g hard (g) will not be marked except for special 
reasons. 


203. Dictation: Proverbs 


Write and explain the following: 

1. Birds of a feather flock together. 

2. A rolling stone gathers no moss. 

3. It is an ill wind that blows nobody good. 

4. Where there’s a will there’s a way. 

5. Never count chickens before they are hatched. 










60 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


men'tion 

ac'tion 

a 

trac'tion 


204. ti and ci = sh 

mo'tion lus'cious 

sec'tion de li'cious 

A 

sta'tion phy si'cian 


mu si'cian 

A 

sus pi'cion 
co er'cion 


Note: There are only four words in the English language 
ending in cion. How many of them are in this lesson? Sound 
ti and ci in these words. Write their equivalent. 


no'tion 

r\ 

cai/tion 

na'tion 


pa'tient 
pa'tience 
a t ten'tion 


an'cient 
su/fi'cient 
of fi'cious 


ma gi'cian 
pro fi'cient 
pre'cious 


206. Words Variously Pronounced 

jawn'ty ca nine' car'et lawn'dry 

com'rade di lute' ap par'ent de gist' 

Give another correct pronunciation of each of these words. 

Note: This other pronunciation is often that of the 

Southern states. 


207. Words Sometimes Mispronounced 


ab'ject 

ag'ile 

mu ge'um 

glr'cmt 

ab sorb' 

al 1 y' 

gra'tis 

con sume' 

ad vange' 

Vi /v V 

git i zen 

a ro'ma 

r\ r\ 

crea'ture 



208 


hos'pi tal 

du'ty 

fac'to ry 

lam l ly 

greas'y 

cross'tle 

fa?/get 

di gest' 

ex act' 

lltfee 

pic'ture 

re ges s' 


SECOND COURSE 


61 


209 


as sume' 
• • 

Aunt 

cas'ket 

ger'tain 


ghe mige' 
fan'gy 
mem'o ry 
re cluse' 


re crint' 
rep'a ra b\e 

1 A A 

reg'o late 
ro mange' 


sal'a ry 


scarge 

se'raeg 

der'rick 


bad 

evil 


210. Misused Words 

It is a.man who always does.deeds. 

little 1 It will require but .. time to read so . a 

small / book. 

After the company had . we . to our 

work again. 


gone 

went 


good 
well 

whom) 
who / 


Only.friends will treat us so 


The gentleman . you saw is the one . 

gave me the bouquet. 

Mark these words, fill the blanks, and use each in another 
sentence. 

Manufactured Articles 
211 


flour 

tal'low 

har'rowg 

lard 

meal 

clotheg 

buck'ets 

cheege 

grits 

shocg 

glue 

212 

pre gerveg' 

mut'ton 

pow'der 

slu to mo'bileg 

wafch'eg 

saw'sage 

pi an'og 

win'doia paneg 

typeWit erg 

char'coal 

har'ness 

gas'6 ling 

213 

tel'e phoneg 

gi garg' 

lum'ber 

har'vest erg 

col^arg 

leath'er 

mo las'seg 

cul'ti va torg 

text'books 

shin'gleg 

oat'meal 

a'er 6 planeg 

sad'dleg 












62 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


214 

sug'ar (sh) car'nag es fur'n! ture swingg 

sir'up mil'll ner y clocks vl 6 ling' 

ma ^hi'n'er y plowg neck'tles bu'reaug (eau= o) 

In what words above are there diphthongs? Sound them.. 
Note: In the last word (bu'reaus) the three vowels (eau = 5) 
form a triphthong. 

215. Dictation 

Evening red and morning gray 
Will set the traveler on his way; 

But evening gray and morning red 
Will bring down rain upon his head. 


Review of Vowel Sounds 
216 


cra'zy 

mu'tu al 

pit 7 ! ful 

Ca u ca'sian 

meat'less 

shy'Ing 

knocked 

ne'gro 

clothes'llne 

fac'to ry 

shuck'ing 

package 

hope'less 

met'als 

r\ 

mys'ter y 

voy'age 



217 


mar'ble 

pas'sage 

horse'back 

ab'senge 

task 

pro vide' 

won'der ful 

Ro'man 

r\ 

a re'na 

r\ r\ 

ha^l'ing 

do'ing 

sal'ad 

r\ 

what'not 

care'ful 

• 

work'mg 

C/mskmas 

r\ 



218 


shirking 

va Use' 

com mer'eial 

I tal'ian 

r\ 

chunking 

sur vey' 

loft'i ness 

sl'lenge 

moon'beam 

hur rah' 

• 

cow'slip 

pref'age 

foot'wear 

ca noe' 

r\ • • 

join'er 

fu'ner al 

r\ 


What words in the last three exercises have modified long 
vowels? What ones have obscure vowels? 



SECOND COURSE 

63 


Spelling Tests 




219 


al'Zey 

bun'dle 

crbok'ed 

for'est 

an'i mal 

r\ 

catch 

crumbs 

X 

for give' 

an noy' 

clinch 

dai'ly 

fret'ful 

be gin'ning 

coach 

dodge 

frisk'y 

be side' 

com'ing 

dou'ble 

gold'en 

bitten 

com plete' 

edge 

hun'gry 

braz’d 

con'diict 

eighth, (a-t-th) 

min'ute (u = i) 

bridge 

cot'/age 

ex plain' 

mis take' 

broad 

co'zy 

field 

night 

brought 

creek 

fif teenth' 

nine teen' 



220 


ninth 

peo'ple 

pre fer' 

said (ai=e) 

of'/igc 

per'fect 

prompt 

Sat'ur day 

ol'ive 

pic'ture 

quar'ter 

saa'ger 

o'ver shoeg 

piege 

re gite' 

saa'gy 

pad'dle 

pierge 

JL. A • / 

re pair 

scatter 

pad'lock 

pkch'er 

re plied' 

sc/zool'mate 

pan'try 

pleag'ant 

re view' 

scorch 

par'rot 

plucked 

rid'dleg 

sur prise' 

pave'ment 

po'em 

rough 

sicord 

pen'll " 

po lite' 

run'ning 

worth 


221 

In your Reading Lessons find and write words containing 
the consonant sounds below. See exercise 202. 


ph = f 

§ = z 

wh = 

hw 

n = ng 

xn 

1! 

X 

qu = 

kw 

gh = sh 

gh = f 

g = j 


ch hard 

x = gz 

g = s 


th voiced 

vQ 

£ 

II 

pr 

i = y 



64 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


222. Homonyms 


caws 

cause 


heel 

heal 


The crow.instead of singing. 

His.was just, and he knew it. 


In walking, place the . firmly on the ground, 

and turn your toes out. 

The best medicine to . a sore heart is kind¬ 

ness. 


lesson\ Learn this.well and it will. your diffi- 

lessenf culties in the future. 


holy < 
wholly 


To love your parents and your God is a . 

sentiment. 

We do not live . to ourselves; there are 

others whom we must consider. 


Mark the vowels and silent letters in these words, and 
use each word in another sentence. 


na'tion 
state 
corin'ty 
judge 


223. Pertaining to Government 


cap'i tal 
cap'i tol 
pre'ginct 
sher'if f 


mag is trate 
gov'ern ment 
siu'di tor 
sur vey 'or 


leg'is la'ture 
sen'ate 
treag'ur er 
as ses'sor 


224. Dictation: Memory Gem 

If we sit down at set of sun 

And count the things that we have done, 

And counting find 
One self-denying act, one word 
That eased the heart of him who heard, 

One glance most kind, 

That fell like sunshine where it went, 

Then we may count that day well spent. 

— Ella Wheeler Wilcox. 














SECOND COURSE 


65 


225. Words in Arithmetic 


plus 
im'nus 
e'quals 
prod'uct 
ad di'tion 


sub'tra hend 
min'd end 
re miim'der 
di vl'gor 
sub trac'tion 


mul ti pli'er 
mul'ti pli cand' 
div'i dend 
quotient 
mul'ti pli ca'tion 


sum 

num'bers 
fraction 
u'mt 
di vi'sion 


Pronounce the polysyllables and trisyllables above. 


Syllabication 

I 

In the four exercises following, mark accented syllables, 
silent letters, and consonants that take markings. 


226 


region 

horizon 


elegant 

monster 

serpents 

fleece 


terror 

unheard 

level 

scythe 


prostrate 

scorching 

glistened 

skillful 

227 

nowadays 

fables 

columns 

kindled 


naught 

wafted 

alighted 

churchyard 


flowerets 

wrath 

instinct 

really 


tokens 

cruelty 

chiming 

palms 

228 

sacred 

inquired 

endeavor 

volume 


hazard 

patriot 

eyelids 

rhyme 


harmony 

pronounce 

pulse 

seriously 


currents 

meanwhile 

gushed 

pondered 

229 

portal 

natural 

aching 

downstairs 


endure 

chiefly 

leopard 

awakened 


republic 

article 

grumble 

rejoicing 


dignified 

echo 

amazed 

fanciful 


eloquence 

satisfied 


66 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


230. Sounds of o, u, and oo 

Write one or more words having each of the sounds of o, 
of u, and of oo. In what words are the sounds of o and u 
equivalent? In what words are the sounds of o and u equiva¬ 
lent to do and do? Use each of these words in a sentence. 


231. Words Relating to Form and Measure 


cube 

consents 

ob'long 

mck'el 

square 

barVel 

pyr'a mid 

dollar 

height 

breadth 

thick'ness 

quar'ter 

weight 

length 

gyl'in der 

bush'el 

trl'an gle 

ver'ti cal 

A 

rec'tan gle 

par'a? lei 

In what words are there 

i obscure vowels in 

unaccented 

syllables? 

In the four 

232 

exercises following, mark accented syllables / 

sounded vowels, consonants. 

, and silent letters. 

Pronounce 

each word, and use it in a sentence. 

Heav en glo ri ous proud ly 

lei sure 

ev i dence 

hast i ly 

pa tient 

sat is fied 

driv ing 

in doors 

tern per 

col umns 

ex plains 

lug gage ■ 

scene 

but tons 

Ma jor 

pleas ure 

233 

prove 

suf fer ing 

knit ting 

prom ise 

san dais 

ven ture 

noth ing 

pro pose 

thought ful 

gi ants 

mists 

pur pose 

re quest ed 

dis trib ute 

Par is 

strik ing 

234 

knee 

tow els 

taxed 

suf fi cient 

hoi i day 

roared 

val leys 

no ticed 

ra di ant 

mir ror 

se cret ly 

loud ly 

sur geon 

in i tials 


SECOND COURSE 


67 


235 


Je sus 

rye 

chews 

va ca tion 

wheth er 

schol ar 

choose 

o’clock 

wea ther 

scarce ly 

chose 

va lise 

spoon ful 

com plaint 

art ist 

sur geon 


236. Dictation 

This above all — to thine own self be true, 
And it must follow as the night the day, 
Thou canst not then be false to any man. 

— Shakespeare. 


Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 


237 

238 

239 

240 

a'gi tate 

awk'ward 

ben e dic'tion 

A 

choir (o=w) 

an'c/ior 

back'ac/ie 

bish'op 

glr'cu lar 

an'cient 

an 

bap'tism 

bomfr 

git'i zen 

ap'pe tlte 

bar'ba rous 

an 

boun'te ous 

giv'il lzed 

ar'dor 

beefsteak 

ger'e mo ny 

cll'mate 

at'mos phere 

bel'fry 

chap'el 

col'o nies 

crev'ige 

dis ap point' 

ec/f 0 

ex am'ine 

-L_ 

crit'ic al 

an 

dl'a log 

an O 

•el'e gant 

fa mil'iar 

r\ 

crys'tal 

dis as'ter 

en deav'or 

fore'head 

gyl'in der 

dis solved' 

en er get'ic 

fu'ner al 

AN 

de fi'ange 

dog'ile 

e'qual ly 

gen'u ine 

des'per ate 

dou'ble • 

e vap'o rate 

gos'sa mer 

gyp'sy 

id'i ot 

AN 

ju'bi lant 

mea'ger 

hav'oc 

an 

\J W • ^ 

im ag i na ry 

leop'ard 

me nag'er ie 

hea'then 

an 

im pa'tient 

lunch'eon 

mis'er a ble 

AN 

hol'i day 

in ca'pa ble 

lux'u ry 

mus'cle§ 

ho ri'zon 

an 

in te'ri or 

mar'nage 

mys te'ri oiis 

hdr'n ble 

Is'land 

an 

mar'tyr 

neg'es sa ry 

op'po §ite 

plt'l ful 

refuge 

suzt'a ble 

AN 


THIRD COURSE 

120 Exercises 
241. Dictation 

Property is the product of labor. The nation in which 
labor is the best cherished and cared for will be the most pros¬ 
perous. Honest labor is honorable. Idleness causes vice. 


242. Sounds of ew = u and oo 


dew(u) 

news 

ewe 

blew (oo) 

pew 

view 

newt 

flew 

new 

jew el 

hew 

slew 

knew 

pew ter 

few 

threw 

Sometimes ew has the sound of o, as in 

sew (so). In what 

words in 

l this exercise is 

the sound of ew 

like u? In what 

words is 

it like oo? 




- 

243 


sign§ 

fig'ureg 

prob'lem 

a d di'tion 

cancel 

naught 

di vide' 

mul'ti ply 

gi'pher 

mi'nus 

sub tract' 

fraction 


Write, pronounce, and mark five other arithmetical terms. 



244. Homonyms 


al'tar = a shrine or place 
of worship. 

birth = coming into life, 
find = to discover. 

gilt = covered with gold. 

hale = healthy. 


al'ter =to change. 

berth = a sleeping place, 
fined = punished by being re¬ 
quired to pay money, 
guilt = the fact of violating a 
law. 

hail = frozen drops of rain. 


Use each of these words in a sentence. Mark sounded 
vowels and silent letters. 


68 


THIRD COURSE 


69 


245. Accented Long and Short Vowels 


e'vil 

eat/en 

sea'son 


ri'val fer'ry writ'ten 

like'ly con sent' lim'ber 

po lite' shep'herd driv'en 


Mark accented vowels and silent letters. 


246. Phonic Review 


Write, mark and sound: 


All vowels marked with a macron; ^ 

All vowels marked with a breve; 

All vowels marked with a tilde; 

All vowels marked with one dot above; 
All vowels marked with two dots above. 


Write and pronounce words having these sounds. 

247. Words of Similar Meaning 

Great men are not always large men. 

Those who dwell in healthful places should live 

long. 

We like to see brothers and sisters love one 
another. 

Aged people often prefer old songs. 

While many people actually want bread, we 
should not wish for luxuries. 

-Write the above synonyms and mark all sounded vowels, 
silent letters, and consonants that take markings. 


248. Words in Geography 


globe tor'rid e qua'tor lon'gi tude 

cli'mate frig'id tem'perate continent 

zoneg trop'ics lat'i tade de gree' 


70 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


fy = to make. 

pu'ri fy 
fal'si fy 
jus'ti fy 
so lid'i fy 


249. Suffixes 

er = more. 

sweet'er 
salt'i er 
no'bler 
cheap'er 


est = most. 

warm'est 
quamt'est 
pur'est 
hap'pi est 


Tell the meaning of each of these words. 

Sound marked vowels. What vowel connects fy to the 
root-word? 

250 


ed (after an unvoiced consonant) sounded 

asked reached wrecked 

phased preached picked 

touched pa/ched a t tached r 

Sound ed in these words. 

251. Dictation: Memory Gem 

I live for those that love me, 

For those that know me true, 

For the Heaven that smiles above me, 
And waits my coming too; 

For the cause that needs assistance, 
For the wrongs that need resistance, 
For the future in the distance, 

For the good that I can do. 


like t 

searched 

pferged 

leased 


252. Final e Silent, before Suffix Beginning with a Vowel 

Write words using the suffix ing after these root-words: 


tire 

chafe 

en tice 

re tire 

gaze 

stare 

im pose 

mum ble 

glaze 

cruise 

pe ruse 

jum ble 


Repeat Rule I. Mark vowels in accented syllables, con¬ 
sonants, and silent letters. 


THIRD COURSE 


71 


ii'su al 


-! 


253. Trisyllables 

vic'to ry di rect'ly an oth'er 

his'to 17 do mes'tic to getb'er 

mem o ry slav'ery distinctly discov'er 

Pronounce the accented syllable in each of these words. 


1 VO 13' 
r 


hew = to cut. 
meat = food; especially flesh 
or other solid arti¬ 
cles of diet. 

nave = middle part of a 
church. 

all = everything. 


knew = did know, 
bare = uncovered. 


254. Homonyms 

hue = color, 
meet = to come together. 


knave = a rogue, a rascal. 

awl = a small tool used for 
making holes in 
leather. 

new = not old. 
bear = a wild animal. 


Mark the vowels and silent letters in these words, and use 
them in sentences. 


a = <m, m, 
to or at 

a far' 
a head' 
a sleep' 
a board' 


255. Prefixes 

mis = wrong be = to make 


mis rule' 
mis print' 
mis take' 
mis be have' 


be mean' 
be caZm' 
be friend' 
be num b' 


ajar 
mis use' 

a. 

mis trust' 
be moan' 


Give the meaning of each of these words. Sound marked 
vowels. Use each word in a sentence. 

256. Words of Opposite Meaning — Antonyms 


rare 

plen'ty 

sul'Zen 


fre'quent 

fam'ine 

cheer'ful 


ad vange' 
dis perse' 
worthless 


re treat' 
as sem'ble 
val'u a ble 




72 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


257. Words of Similar Meaning 

Our faults are often due to defects in our education. 

The surest way to cure an ailment is to apply the remedy 
promptly. 

We can not always relieve pain, but we can aid the suffering. 

Poor judgment may cause us to make a mistake, but a 
blunder is due to carelessness. 

We sometimes neglect a friend thoughtlessly, but to slight 
one is an intentional unkindness. 


258. Compound Words 

Definitions: Compound words are those consisting of two 
or more different words joined together by a hyphen, as buggy- 
ride. Often the hyphen is omitted, as in some of the words 
below. 


tp-da y' 

blue'-eyed 

kei/'hole 

sun'beam 

good-by' 

lbok'ing-glass 

boat'man 

A 

farm'yard 

red'-head ed 

rock'ing chair 

rain'bou* 

birth'da?/ 

Write five other compound words. 



Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 



259 



his'to ry 

pi an o 

prac'tige 

met'al 

ex'cel Zent 

* r\ r\ 

po lipe' 

re ject' 

nozzle 

mar'ble 

llve'ly 

Sab'hath 

o'dor 

mer'it 

mar'gin 

se'cret 

per sist' 

mo lest' 

na'vy 

jan'gle 

mag'ic 

nerve 

ob tain' 

la'bor 

mel'low 

v A f 

o c cur 

part'ner 

man'age 

no'tion 

pal'ape 

mum'ble 

mod'el 

r\ 

pa rade' 


THIRD COURSE 73 

260 


per'ish 

per mit' 

pub'lish 

re sist' 

X 

pledge 

pre pare' 

im por'tant 

sen'tenge 

pris'on 

pur sue' 

shiv'er 

sol'id 

psaim 

quench 

si'lent 

r\ 

pun'ish 

re spect' 

scar'let 

ser'vant 

r\ 

scuf'/le 

pur'ple 

tem'ple 

sa'cred 

sad'dle 

shov'el 

trem'ble 

thun'der 

sig'nal 

tal'Zy 

trum'pet 

iazr ness 

stagger 

spark'le 

un tied' 

sue geed' 

sup'per 

tri'al 

vi'al 

r\ 

up'roar 

wel'fare 


261. Dictation 

Americans invented the sewing-machine, the 
reaper, the telephone, the submarine, the 


a'er 

6 plane', the 

revolving printing-press, 

and 

the 

cotton gin. 






262 



touch 

smooth 

rough 

frig'id 

warm 

sight 

brilliant 

r\ 

col'ored 

dusk'y 

stained 

taste 

bit'ter 

sour 

pun'gent 

ac'rid 

smeh 

fra'grant 

ran'gid 

spl'gy 

strong 

heading 

harsh 

me lo'di ous 

dis tinct' 

a cute' 

r\ 

# 


263 



shame 

dis grage' sight 


vi'sion 

ro bust' 

stur'dy 

gzzest 


pur suzt' 

thank'ful 

grate'ful won'der 

mar'vel 

fer'tile 

pro duc'tive emp'ty 

va'cant 


What words in this exercise are synonyms? Sound marked 
vowels. 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


74 


264. 

peace = quiet; rest, 
plain = simple; level land, 
red = a color, 
rhyme = verse, 
sail = to pass over water 
in a boat. 

Mark these words, and c 


Homonyms 

piece = a part, 
plane = even; flat, 
read = did read, 
rime = white frost, 
sale = act of selling. 

se each in a sentence. 


265 


flute 

harp 

bu'gle 

ban'jo 

or'gan 

cor'net 

trump'et 

gin tar' 

vi 6 lin' 

man'do lin 

bass vi'ol 

clar'i net 

lyre 

gym'bals 

bag'pipe 

ac cor'di on 


266. Phonic Review 

1. Sound all the marked vowels and consonants in the last 
four exercises. 

2. Write, mark and sound all vowels marked with two 
dots below. 

3. Write, mark and sound all vowels marked with one dot 
below. 

4. Write, mark and sound all vowels marked with cir¬ 
cumflex above. 

5. What letter • is sometimes marked with the breve- 
circumflex (*)? Give two words containing this sound. 

267. Words of Similar Meaning 

We respectfully request your presence at dinner. 

I most earnestly beg your pardon for my thoughtless act. 

The brave soldier overcomes his fear. 

A bold person likes to face danger. 

The lake was calm — not a ripple upon its surface. 

If you wish to hear the music you must be quiet. 

I will toss you the ball if you will catch it. 

Shall we seize the flag and wave it triumphantly? 


THIRD COURSE 


75 


268. Short and Obscure Vowels 


ri'val 

r\ 

in'stant 

ha'man 

r\ 

bal'ange 


sig'nal 

barVen 

r\ 

tor'rent 

rs 

ser'pent 


si'lenge 

tal'ent 

r\ 

judg'ment 

sri'enge 


ad'mi ral 
ev'i dent 
con'fi dent 
lm'ple ment 


What mark is used to indicate obscure vowel sounds? 
Note that obscure vowels are in unaccented syllables. 


269. Suffixes 


less = without 


er, or, ar 

sail'or 

beggar 

work'er 


= one who 

ll'ar 

wait'er 

mn'ner 


pro fes'.sor 
co l lec'tor 
sur viv'or 


afm'less 

fear'less 

senseless 


Tell the meaning of each of these words. 

What other meaning has the suffix er? (See exercise 249.) 
What words in this lesson are spelled according to Rule II? 
Mark the vowels in the last syllable of each of these 
words. Mark all silent letters. 


flea 

gnat 

wasp 

hor'net 


270. Insects 

bee'tle mos qu’i'to 

crick'et but'ter fly 

lo'cust bum'ble bee 

ka'ty did grass'hop per 


flre'fly 

horse'fly 

chinch'bug 

ant 


Mark silent letters in these words. 

Write the names of six other insects. How many legs has 
an insect? 


271. Dictation: Memory Gem 

Immodest words admit of no defense, 
For want of decency is want of sense. 


76 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


272. Rule II Applied 


To the following words add the suffixes ed, ing, and er. 


snap 

ship 

re fer' . 

con trol' 

trim 

stir 

sub mit' 

com pel' 

wrap 

slip 

re fit' 

ad mit' 

slam 

grin 

per mit' 

oc cur' 


Mark the new words, indicating accented syllables, sounded 
vowels, marked consonant sounds, and silent letters. 



273. Names of Birds 


gull 

con'dor 

pheas'ant 

buz'zard 

grouse 

plo'ver 

rob'in 

pel'i can 

lin'net 

her'on 

o'ri ole 

blue'bird 

ra'ven 

vul'ture 

ca na'ry 

piir'tridge 

Mark 

silent letters, and 

sounded vowels 

in unaccented 


syllables. 


274. 

sane = mentally sound, 
sense = prudence, 
vain = proud, useless, 
waive = to forego; do without, 
cell = a small room, usual¬ 
ly in a prison. 


Homonyms 

seine = a fishing net. 
cents = copper coins, 
vein = a blood vessel, 
wave = to move to and fro, 
sell = to exchange for 
money. 


L Mark these words and use each in a sentence. 


275. Prefixes 


co act' 
co here' 
co e'qual 
co in yide' 


co, con, com, col, cor = with , together . 


con nect' 
con struct' 
con join' 
con found' 


com press' 
col lect' 
cor re late' 
cor re spond' 


Sound the marked vowels and consonants in these words. 


THIRD COURSE 


77 


276. Compound Words 


dew'drop 
da^/tlme 
ear'mark 
flag'staf f 


whale'bone to-mght' 


earth'worm morn'ing-glo'ry 

corn'staHv for get'-me-not 

sc/ioohroom whip'poor wilZ 


Observe: Some compound words are written with the 

hyphen and some without it. 

What words in this exercise are polysyllables? 


277. Words of Similar Meaning 


If an apple be cut into pieces, all those parts make the 
whole apple. Before it was cut it was the entire apple. 

He may divide his money into several parts. Then we will 
separate those parts from one another. 

Please take the pitcher to your mother; but you must 
carry it carefully. 

They will first build a schoolhouse, and then erect a flag¬ 
pole on top of it. 

The colors of the rainbow blend into one another per¬ 
fectly. No artist can mix his colors so as to produce such 
tints. 

Mark these synonyms and use each in another sentence. 


278 


hun'ger 

nerv'ous 

spl'nal 

whole'sdme 


ven'ti late 
gTr'cu late 
ap'pe tlte 
poi'gon ous 


tem'per a ture 
in'di gest'i ble 
al co hol'ic 
in tox'i cate 


78 

MANUAL OF SPELLING 

Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 

279 


ap point'ed 

ar'gtied 

rai'si n 

bu'gle 

bor'row mg 

an oth'er 

gran'ite 

cap size' 

briefly 

bar'ley 

w / U 1 w 1 

ac gent ed 

an'vil 

budge 

Sit tempt'ed 

cab'hage 

ad vange' 

ad vige' 

ad vise' 

bur'glar 

bush'el 

altered 

al'tar 
• • 

a mount' 

r\ 

cack'le 

ca nal' 

r\ 

ca'pa ble 

plumfr'er 

gin'der 

cred'it 

com mand' 

co l lec'tor 

com plain 

fe'ver 

an'gel 

ge ment' 

can'gel 

as sume' 

an'gle 

dis pute' 

en sue' 


What words in this exercise are accented on the first syl¬ 
lable? On the last syllable? What ones are trisyllables? 


280 


de feat'ed 

de light'ed 

dis missed' 

sub due' 

ga'gerly 

fe'male 

gel'er y 

char'I ty 

ca ressed' 

a 

ca noe' 

r\ 

ker'o sene 

ca reer' 

A 

fu'sion 

X 

fu'tile 

fluttered 

frac'tion 

A 

V /x 

en e my 

com'bat 

dis a gree' 

de stroy' 

In'di an 

con'gert 

glr'cus 

giv'il 

a'cre 

cl am'or Ing 

ea'gle 

ex'er gise 

collar 

trough 

con'tract 

In'sect 

m'stant ly 

car toon' 

hab'it 

ho tel' 

gwess'ing 

in dex es 

de gide' 

di'et 


In what words in this exercise does ed have the t sound? 


281. Dictation 

“Sum up at night what thou hast done by day, 
And in the morning what thou hast to do. 
Dress and undress thy soul.” 


THIRD COURSE 


79 


spine 
nerves 
mils'cleg 
after icg 


stom'ac/i 

r\ 

bow'els 

x 

wmd'pipe 

lar'ynx 


282 

ten'don 

r\ 

back bone' 
skel'e ton 

r\ 

lig' a ment 

° rs r\ 


in tes'tmeg 
sa ll'va 

r\ 

ver'te bra 
trunk 


W hat words in this exercise have obscure vowels? 


283 


veal 

beefsteak 
miit'ton 
san'sage 

Mark accent, 


broth gym'lm por'ndge 

poul'try but'tor beang cus'tard 


soup ven'i gon jel'Zieg 

chops pre gerveg' o'kra 

sounded vowels and silent letters. 


284. Homonyms 


grown 

= increased in size; 
mature. 

groan 

= a moaning sound. 

some 

= a little; part of. 

sum 

= a quantity. 

stile 

= steps over a fence. 

style 

= manner, or appear¬ 
ance. 

bur'y 

= to put under 
ground, to inter. 

ber'ry 

= small fruit. 

man'ner 

= actions; way of 
acting. 

man'or 

= a large country 
home. 


Mark these words, and use each in a sentence. 


ex'hi bi'tion 
pop'u la'tion 
ad'ver tig'mg 
rep're gent'ed 


285. Polysyllables 

op tor a'tion 
sep'a ra'tion 
al7i ga'tor 
dis'ap point'ed 


oc'cu pa'tion 
rep'u ta'tion 
cul'ti vat'ed 
in'de pend'enge 


Observe: Polysyllables usually have two accented syllables. 
In these words, pronounce the syllables having the 'primary 
or principal accent. Pronounce the syllables that have the 
secondary accent. 


80 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


286. Phonic Review 

1. Write and sound all the voiced consonants that are 
written with one letter. 

2. Write, mark, and sound a word containing each of them. 

3. What voiced consonants are marked? 

4. Write and sound all voiced consonants written with 
more than one letter. 

5. Sound all the unvoiced consonants. 


287. Words of Similar Meaning 

Conduct is one’s usual way of acting. 

Behavior refers to a particular occasion. 

My task is to do half of the work assigned us for this 
week. 

She was vexed because her friend did not come. 

He teased the child by hiding its toys. 

We should shun evil companions as the best way to avoid 
difficulties. 

Mark these synonyms and use them in other sentences. 


ere ate' 
con sent' 
as gend' 
ae gept' 


288. Words of Opposite Meaning 


de stroy' 
re fuse' 
de scend' 
re ject' 


dan'ger 

v-/ / • -1- 

m jure 
he ro'ic 
in te'ri or 


safe'ty 
ben'e fit 
cow'ard ly 
ex te'ri or 


What modified long vowels are there in these words? 
How are they marked? Are they in accented syllables? 


289. Suffixes 


able, ible = worthy of, having, or hood = the state of being, 
that which may be. 


for'gi ble 
sen'si ble 
mgy'a ble 
blam'a ble 


laugh'a ble 
read'a ble 
teach'a ble 
pun'ish a ble 


boy'hood 
man'hood 
chlld'hood 
wid'ore hood 







THIRD COURSE 


81 



290. 

Accent and Meaning 


Noun 

Verb 

Noun 

Verb 

accent 

ac gent' 

rec'ord 

re cord' 

preg'ent 

pre gent' 

ex'ports 

ex ports' 

deg'ert 

de gert' 

sub'ject 

sub ject' 

ob'ject 

ob ject' 

per'fume 

per fume' 


Pronounce these words and use each in a sentence. 


291. Dictation 

Learn to accent words properly by studying accent. 
The captain commanded his soldiers to present arms. 
The bouquet perfumes the whole house. 

The camel is called “the ship of the desert” 

292. Suffixes under Rule III 


To these words add the suffixes er and est. 
Observe the change of final y to i. 

bus'y (u = i) bus'i er bus! est 


s&'ly 

fuss'y 

wea'ry 

dizTy 

sor'ry 

chib'y 

nas'ty 

gawd'y 

a • / 

air y 

pret'fy (e=I) 

jol'Zy 

rog'y 

Rule III: 

Words ending in 

y preceded by 

a consonant 

change y to i 

when a suffix not beginning with i 

is added. 


293 



To these words add ed and ing, observing Rule III. 

er/vy 

de cry' 

im ply' 

class'! fy 

rely' 

com ply' 

tes'ti fy 

mod'i fy 

lev'y 

tal7y 

qual'i fy 

proph'e sy 

espy' 

scur'ry 

no'ti fy 

em bod'y 


Observe that when ed is added to these words the e becomes 
silent and the last syllable is pronounced id or id. 

Why is final y retained before ingf 


82 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


294. Homonyms 


road = a passway for travel, 
veil = a covering fo*r the 
face. 

pause = hesitate. 

pa'tience = act of waiting 

calmly. 


rode = did ride, 
vale = a valley. 

paws = feet of animals with¬ 
out hoofs. 

pa'tients = persons under phy¬ 
sician’s care. 


Mark the above homonyms and use each in a written 
sentence. 


295. Prefixes 


e, ec, ex, ef = out, out of. 


e ject' 
e rase' 
ex pel' 
ex pand' 


ex elude' 
ex claim' 
ef fage' 
ec gen'tric 


en, em = to make. 


en rich' 
en no'ble 
en dan'ger 
en cour'aere 


en large' 
em bod'y 
em bold'en 
em bla'zon 


Use each of these words in a sentence. Mark accented 
syllables and silent letters. 

Write two other words containing each of the prefixes 
given in this exercise. 


Men 

E'noc h 
Jul'iiis 
Fred'er ick 
Ga'bri el 
Giles 

I m man'll el 
Jer e mV ah 


296. Proper Names 
Women 

Ce gil'i a 
Con'stange 
Cor nel'ia 
El ea nor 
E liz'a beth 
Jo'seph me 
Ju'li et 


Places 

Bloom'ing ton 
Charles'ton 
Cov'ing ton 
In'di an ap'o lis 
Leav'en worth 

Lin'co/n 

— /-> 

Pa du'ea h 


THIRD COURSE 


83 


297. Similar Words Sometimes Misused 

Trees grew above the wall, and their branches hung over it 
or rested upon it; but few of them extended beyond the wall. 

To paint an object is to cover it with coloring. To dye 
it is to cause a color to soak in. 

A person who composes great works of music is a genius. 
One who merely composes or plays well has musical talent. 

We may do work with haste and yet do it well; but when 
we are in a hurry we are likely to make mistakes. 

Mark the words in italics and use each in a sentence. 


298. Abbreviations 


sen'ior 

Sr. 

bal'ange 

Bal. 

re gezved' 

rec’d, 

jun'ior 

Jr. 

cred'i tor 

Cr. 

Rev'er end 

/“N 

Rev. 

defrt'or 

Dr. 

an'swer 

ans. 

pOst'of /ige 

P.0. 

bar'rel 

bbl. 

a mount' 

r\ 

amt. 

post'script 

P. S. 


Observe: Many abbreviations begin with a capital letter. 
With what mark do they end? 

s 

Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 


299 


ant 

pa'tron 

bou quet ' 

often 

hunt 

ma'tron 

A 

none 

soften 

haLZveg 

al'der 

want'ing 

cof'Jin 

launch 

en hange' 

faidt'y 

coffee (i) 

slant 

en'trange 

neither 

a cross' 

A 

mask 

smt'ed 

arc'tic 

iove'head 

mas'ter 

blu'ing 

in'sects 

rep'tile 

bas'ket 

Jew'ish 

rasp'ber ry 

re gess' 

fast'er 

re new'ing 

col'umn 

gi gar 

plas'ter 

scru'pleg 

hand'ker chief 

towards 

pi an'o 

tru'ant 

• • r\ 

dough'nixt 

pump'kin 

ba na'na 

r\ r\ 

pru'dent 

gas'o line 

won'drous 


84 MANUAL OF SPELLING 

300 


fin'er y 

trav'el er 

brecst'work 

spm'ach 

mis'er y 

in'ter est 

horsc'back 

wound'ed 

re'al ly 

beau'te ous 

pns'on er 

por'ge lam 

eve'ning 

i l lus'trate 

mis'chie voils 

scythe 

reg'u lar 

grat'i tude 

pro dug'er 

fa tig we' 

sev'er al 

ha bit'u al 

ac'cu rate 

ham'moek 

e lev'cnth 

des'ti tute 

em broid'er 

car'a mel 

r\ 

an oth'er 

bis'cmt 

gel'er y 

stim'u lant 

vi'o lenge 

com mand'mg 

tur'pen tine 

• • W J /\J 

nar cot ic 

I de'a 

r\ 

gun'pow der 

de li'cious 

po'rous 

fac'to ry 

coun'try men 

trrench'es 

di ges'tion 


301. Dictation 

The Pan a ma' Canal was built by the 
United States. It is seven hundred miles south 
of Cu'ba. The nearest of the states to Pan a- 

r\ 

ma' is Florida. The cities of Charleston and 
Pittsburgh are directly north of Pan a ma'. 


main 

pri'or 

grate'ful 

fa'mous 


302. Of Similar Meaning 


prin'ci pal 
for'mer 
thank'ful 
re nowned 


bar'ter 
sus pect' 
de bate' 
con vince 


ex change' 
mis trust' 
dis pute' 
per suade' 


What are words of the same or similar meaning called? 


de cide' 
re ceive' 
de ceive' 
de clare' 


303. Related Words 

de ci'sion 
re cep'tion 
de cep'tion 
dec la ra'tion 


de ci'sive 
re cep'tive 
de cep'tive 
de clar'a tive 


Mark silent letters, sounded vowels, and consonants that 
take marking^ in the last two exercises. 





THIRD COURSE 


85 


304. Homonyms 

loan = that which one lends. lone = without company, 

frieze = an ornamental freeze = to become icy cold, 

border. 

wrest = to take by force. 


rest = repose; freedom from 
activity. 

pour = to discharge in a 
stream. 

seer = one who foresees; a 
i prophet. 

Mark the above words, and use each in a sentence. 


pore = a small opening, 
sere = to dry, or wither. 


debt or 
fol ly 
wis dom 
su pe ri or 


305. 

cred it or 
pru deuce 
ig no ranee 
in fe ri or 


Antonyms 

/- 

low er 
up ward 
noisy 
doubt ful 


high er 
down ward 
noise less 
cer tain 


What diphthongs are there in these words? 
Mark accent, silent letters, and sounded vowels. 


306. Phonic Review 


Write, mark and sound all letters that are equivalents of 
the following: 

e, l, a, e, 6, o, o, j, g, c, n, ph, e, x, s 
Thus: e in they = a in made. 


307. Words of Kindred Meaning Sometimes Misused 

We may agree with a person in opinion, but not consent to 
what he proposes to do. 

He not only had the courage to face danger, but the forti¬ 
tude to endure pain. 

It is necessary to be accurate in figures in order to know 
the precise cost of living. 

Some people are unable to select the work they prefer to do. 

In order to converse well, you should think carefully before 
you speak. 






86 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


308. Synonyms 


Nouns 

_A_ 


Adjectives 


hilt 


han'dle 


whole 


en tire' 


dumb speech'less 

tim'id bash'ful 

gen teel' po lite' 

Mark these words and use them in sentences. 


vale val'ley 

plan de sign' 

thresh'old en'trance 


309. Suffixes 


en = to make or made of. 
y = like, or full of. 


sof'ten 

gold'en 

dark'en 

wood'en 


red'dish 
child'ish 
green'ish 
fe'ver ish 


ish = like, or somewhat. 
ward = in the direction of. 


dust'y 
cheer'y 
mud'dy 
sil'ver y 


east'ward 
wind'ward 
home'ward 
for'ward 


Give the meaning of each of these words, and use each 
a sentence. 

Mark sounded vowels in accented syllables, 
letters. 

310 


mus'tard 
r/iu'barb 
eggplant 
as par'a gus 


cur'rant 
goosc'ber ry 
crab'ap jAe 
or'ange 


goi/rd 

let'bige (u=i) 

pars'mp 

pars'lcy 


and silent 

lem'on 
grape'frmt 
pinc'ap pie 
black'ber ry 


Write the names of six or more other vegetables that are 
used for food. 

Write the names of four vegetables that are used for 
clothing. 


311. Dictation 


The children’s world is full of sweet surprises; 

Our common things are precious in their sight; 
For them the stars shine, and the morning rises 
To show new treasures of untold delight. 






THIRD COURSE 


87 


312, Plural of Nouns 


Write the plural forms of these words. 


hoof 
cough 
trough 
wid ow 


youth 
de mon 
cay ern 
en ve lope 


e vent 
par cel 
spec ta cle 
dra ma 


ban jo 
stu di o 
car riage 
street car 


Rule IV: Most nouns form their plurals by adding s 
to the singular; but nouns ending with s, x, z, ch, or sh add 
es to form their plurals. 


313. Plurals with es 

Write the plurals of these words, observing Rule IV, by 


adding es. 

Mark new 

forms completely. 


cross 

chintz 

tooth brush 

speech 

boss 

adz 

whip lash 

isth mus 

pre fix 

crutch 

head dress 

cho rus 

suf fix 

haunch 

mat tress 

clutch 

How many syllables 

in each of these words? 

How many 


syllables in their plurals? 


.314. Homonyms 


dew 

= moisture that collects 
at night. 

due 

= owing, as money. 

bred 

= did breed. 

bread 

= food made from 
cereals. 

gild 

t 

= to cover lightly with 
gold. 

guild 

= an association or 
union of persons 
for a common pur¬ 
pose. 

seem 

= to appear. 

seam 

= a fold or line where 
cloth or leather is 
fastened together. 

cite 

= to point out. 

sight 

= power to see, a view. 


site = a place, or location. 

Mark these words and use each in a sentence. 


88 

MANUAL 

OF SPELLING 



315. 

Prefixes 


a, or ab = off, 

away. 

inter = 

= between, among 


fore 

= before. 


a vert' 

in'ter val 

fore see' 

a rouse' 

a void' 

in ter line' 

fore tell' 

ab scond' 

ab'sent 

in ter cede' 

fore 'sight 

in'ter ludo 

ab duct' 

in ter rupt' 

fore noon' 

fore warn' 

Use each of these words 

in a sentence. 

i 

Mark them. 


316. Troublesome Words 

ac cll'mat ed 

be queotb' 

quar'rel 

flo'rist 

ad ven'ture 

de tad' 

sol'age 

noth'mg 

aZ'mond 

fi nange' 

taimt 

laix'rel 

a'pri cot 

pas'ture 

the'a ter 

al'wai/§ 

bap'tism 

pe'o ny 

us'ago 

ef'ther 


Pronounce these words repeatedly. Sound marked vowels 
and consonants. 


Of Similar Meaning 
317 


sin'gu lar re mark'a ble 
de fend' pro tect' 

sur pass' ex cel' 

Mark these words, and use 


mis lead' de ceive' 
ram'ble wan'der 

cost'ly val'u a ble 

each in a sentence. 


318 


show'y 
frigr/it'ful 
dole'ful 
fra'grant 


pom pous 
hid'e ous 
pit'e ous 
o'dor ous 


wit'/y 
po llte' 
laugh'a ble 
won der'ful 


Use each of these words in a sentence. 


hu'mor ous 
cour'te ous 
lu'di crous 
mar'vel ous 










THIRD COURSE 


89 


Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 


ac'gess 

band'age 

319 

cap size' 

deg'i mal 

ac'gi dent 

beau'ty 

caiftious 

de'poZ 

ad vige' 

bis'cmt 

char'i ty 

en'gme 

a loud' 

blan'ket 

chestnut * 

ex'gel Zent (ek) 

a mount' 

bos'om 

• -i- 

c/iolr (o=w) 

gallon 

an'kle 

brage'let 

co l lect' 

gal'iop 

a piege' 

briefly 

com mand' 

ge ra'nl um 

ap point' 

buck'leg 

con'gert 

gog'ling 

arc'tie 

bu'reau 

con'qmh* 

gran'ite 

M tack' 

bush'els 

• j. 

co r rect' 

griev'ing 

M tempt' 

buZeh'er 

cra^/'on 

hor'n blc 

awk'ward 

cack'le 

cnm'son 

hiis'band 

J- r\ 

per'il ous 

sim'i lar 

vict'uals 

pur suit' 

per'ish 

stom'ach 

wor'ship 

tur'bu lent 


320 


in'flu engc 

mis'chief 

scar'let 

toi'let 

in trude' 

nee'dle 

sep'a rate 

twl'Mght 

I tal'ian 

neph'ew 

shiv'er 

un ea'sy 

jan'gle 

nick'name 

shov'el 

un rul'y 

Ja pan' 

niege 

shriek 

va'ry mg 

ker'o sene 

or'chard 

sir up 

vfo let 

liz'ard 

oys'ter 

solve 

wal'nut 

lov'a blc 

r\ 

part'ner 

spar'kle 

war'ble 

N-/ * /w 

mag ic 

pi'geon 

sphere 

wel'come 

May'or 

poi'sen 

sponge 

wors'ted 

• 

mead'oic 

rai'gin 

thun'der 

wrin'kle 

mel'on 

sa'cred 

to geth'er 

yielding 

par'a dise 

pre'eious 

re li'gion 

tal'ons 

pa'tri ot 

psalm 

scythe 

tri'umph 


90 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


321. Dictation: The Closing Year 

’Tis midnight’s holy hour — and silence now 
Is brooding, like a gentle spirit, o’er 
The still and pulseless world. Hark! on the winds 
The bell’s deep tones are swelling. ’Tis the knell 
Of the departed year. — George D. Prentice. 

Note: Mr. Prentice was a great Kentucky editor and writer. 

322. Articles in the Store 

Mark accented syllables, sounded vowels in them, and silent 


letters. 




yeast 

catch up 

shoe strings 

stock ings 

cloves 

mo las ses 

cloth ing 

horn i ny 

gin ger 

vin e gar 

cal i co 

med i cine 

starch 

veg e ta bles 

lin en 

trou sers 


323. Related Words 


e lect 

e lec tion 

e lec tive 

e lect ing 

de stroy 

de struc tion 

de struc tive 

de stroy ing 

pro duce 

pro due tion 

pro due tive 

pro due ing 

im press 

im pres sion 

im pres sive 

im press ing 

Mark 

accent, sounded vowels and silent 

letters, in the 


words in this exercise. 


324. Homonyms 

Mark these words, and use each in a sentence. 


as sent = agreement, consent, 
ceil ing = the top of a room, 
rays = lines of light, 
wade = to walk through 
water. 


as cent = going up. 
seal ing = closing tightly, 
raise =to cause to rise, 
weighed = found the weight 
of, or lifted. 


In the last three exercises, mark all consonants that take 
markings, sound them, and tell what other symbols represent 
the same sounds. 


THIRD COURSE 


91 


325. Related Words 


lm'age 
rev'6 lu'tion 

r\ 

re la'tion 
op'po si'tion 


sy \J • t \J JL / ^ 

im ag l na ry 
rev'6 lcl'tion a ry 
rel'a tive 
op'po site 


\J • f\j 

im ag me 
re volve' 
re late' 
op pose' 


U V • f\J 

im ag m mg 
re volv'ing 
re lat'ing 
op pos'ing 


What words in this exercise are polysyllables? What ones 
trisyllables? What kind of words are the others? 

What change is made in the words of column 3 , in adding 
the suffix? 

What Rule of Spelling applies to these words? Repeat it. 


326. Phonic Review 

In exercises 319 and 320: 

1. Pronounce words containing diphthongs, and sound the 
diphthongs. 

2 . Pronounce words containing n, and sound that voiced 
consonant. 

3. Pronounce words containing the sounds g and g, and 
sound those voiced consonants. 

4. Pronounce words containing the sounds c and 9 , and 
sound those unvoiced consonants. 



Words of Similar Meaning 

327 


/ 

va'grant 

- s 

beg'gar 

/ 

dis loy'al ty 

> 

trea'son 

clear 

plain 

a gree'ment 

con'tract 

transient 

fleet'ing 

en treat' 

be seech' 

Mark these 

words and use 

each in a sentence. 


328 





A. -- 

/■ - 

stick'y 

ad he'sive 

grace'ful 

el'e gant 

stag'nant 

mo'tion less 

con'stant 

con tin'u al 

watch'ful 

vig'i lant 

health'ful 

sa lu'bri ous 


Mark the sounded vowels and consonants in these words. 










92 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


329. Suffixes 


ize = 

to make. 

ous = having the quality of. 

civ'il ize 

e'qual ize 

por'ous 

poi'son ous 

le'gal ize 

mod'ern ize 

griev'ous 

dan'ger ous 

fer'til ize 

sig'nal ize 

per'il ous 

fab'u lous 

Give the 

meaning of each of these words, and use each in 

a sentence. 





330. Antonyms 

A 


S' 

up ward 

down ward 

doubt ful 

cer tain 

for ward 

back ward 

mi ser 

spend thrift 

nois y 

noise less 

re joic ing 

sor row ing 

ex it 

en trance 

will ing 

re luc tant 

Mark these words completely, and use each 

in a sentence. 


331. Dictation 


Reputation is what men and women think of 

us. 

Character is what God and the 

angels 

know of us. Reputation is what we seem to 

be. 

Character is what 1 

we are. 



332. Plural of Nouns 


Rule V: 

Nouns ending in 

y, preceded by 

a consonant, 

form their plurals by changing 

y to i and adding es. 

Write the plurals of these 

nouns, and mark them com- 

pletely. 




na vy 

bran dy 

rem e dy 

mul ber ly 

bod y 

boun ty 

cav i ty 

proph e cy 

gravy 

conn ty 

nov el ty 

cran ber ry 

pas tiy 

coun try 

in dus try 

leg a cy 

Repeat 

Rule IV, and give 

five words spelled according 


to it. 






THIRD COURSE 


93 


333. Final y after a Vowel 

Write the plural forms of these nouns, and mark them 
completely. What is the Rule applying to them? 


de coy 
al ley 
val ley 

pul ley 


Sun day 
es say 
de lay 
med ley 


tur key 
jock ey 
kid ney 
mon key 


chim ney 
don key 
jour ney 
nose gay 


334. Homonyms 


climb = to ascend, or mount, 
done = perfect participle of 
the verb do. 

throne = the seat of a mon¬ 
arch. 

flew = did fly. 


clime = a region; climate, 
dun = to ask for payment. 

thrown = perfect participle of 
the verb throw. 
flue = a chimney or pas¬ 
sage for air or 
smoke. 


Mark these words and use each in*a sentence. 


335. Prefixes 

dis, di, dif = away, apart. post = after. 

per = through, throughout, thoroughly. 


dis pel 

di vert 

post pone 

per sist 

dis sect 

di gress 

post script 

per ceive 

dis tract 

dif fer 

post-haste 

per tain 

dis hon or 

dif fuse 

post date 

pe ruse 

Mark these words and 

use each in a sentence. 


336. Troublesome Words 


taant 

ru'mor 

bru'tal 

• • r\ 

jag'uar (u=w) 

width 

lu'rid 

gi raf/e' 

rep'tile 

breadth 

wound'ed 

ex hmst' 

-L. • • 

baoy'ant 

breathe 

tour'ist 

let'hige (u=i) 

6 fi'sis 

thrusts 

su'mac 

spin'ach (ch=j) 

sov'er eign 


94 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


Words of Similar Meaning 
337 

i 

y --s ✓- A -N 

schol ar pu pil hab it cus tom 

jeal ous en vi ous com pli ment flat ter y 

par don for give ness cleft crev ice 

Mark and use these synonyms in sentences. 


/v 


338 


r 

fair'y 

sylph • 

r 

blood'y 

gor'y 

mer'ry 

blithe 

sleep'y 

drows'y 

hang 

sus pend' 

pit'y 

sym'pa thy 


Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 



• 

339 


sug gest 

poi son 

don key 

de pend ent 

ex elude 

de ceit 

um brel la 

pheas ant 

laun dry 

re ceipt 

ac cus tom 

mos qui to 

fam ine 

liq uor 

op po nent 

gran deur 

na ture 

rhu barb 

priv i lege 

glye er in 

cym bal 

knot ted 

dis guised 

hal loo 

mas tiff 

pop pies 

cur tains 

seal ing wax 

wrench es 

ba zaar 

pur su er 

plain tive 

cook ies 

pas tor 

vig i lant 

realms 

mal ice 

pur pose 

in do lent 

tas sel 

con sent 

gui tar 

re luc tant 

war ri ors 

con ceal 

pre cious 

oc cu pant 

wiz ard 


Mark these words completely. 

Write and mark all words you misspelled in the last 
twenty exercises. 










THIRD COURSE 


95 


340 


A1 ba ny 

Eu rope 

bul lion 

ewes 

A1 le gha ny 

Can a da 

calm ly 

ex hib it 

At lan tic 

Mex i co 

dem on strate 

nrqwcgr 

Aus tra li a 

A mer i ca 

dis con tent 

res pite 

Boones bor o 

Eng land 

dis hon ored 

gla cier 

Cal i for ni a 

France 

dough ty 

fer ule 

Cum ber land 

It a ly 

dough nut 

in trep id 

Elk horn 

Por tu gal 

draught 

mu se um * 

Har rods burg 

Bel gi um 

e rased 

or ches tra 

Ken tuck y 

Hoi land 

ex alt ed 

pom mel 

Mis sou ri 

Ger ma ny 

for bade 

un couth 

Pa cif ic 

Aus tri a 

fron tier 

vine yards 


Mark these words completely and pronounce them. 


341. Dictation 

Don’t rob the birds of their eggs, boys; 

’Tis cruel and heartless and wrong; 

And remember, by breaking an egg, boys, 
We may lose a bird with a song. 


342 


States and 

Their Abbreviations 


11 li nois' 

Ill. 

Ten nes sec' 

Tenn. 

In di an'a 

Ind. 

Mis soil'll 

Mo. 

OhI'o 

0. 

• • . 

Ar kail sas 

Ark. 

MiqIi'i gan 

Mich. 

•w 

A1 a ba ma 

r\ r\ 

Ala. 

West VTr gin'i a 

W. Va. 

Mis sis sip'pi 

Miss. 


Point toward the states named above. 


96 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


343 


Authors 

Dick'ens 

j . 

Ho'mer 
Long'fel low 
Whit'fi er 
Lo w'e\l 


Inventors 

b m 

Ed'i son 
Ful'ton 
Morse 
Whit'ney 


Statesmen 

Cal houn' 
Web'ster 
Gladstone 
Ad ams 

J- 

Pitt 


Soldiers 

Cae'sar 

3 

Na po'le on 
Wel'/ing ton 
Sher'i dan 

r\ 

Jack'son 


cord = a string 

high er 


344. Homonyms 
chord = 


farther up; more hire 
lofty. 


musical term; notes 
in harmony, 
pay for services. 


mist = watery vapor, a fog. missed = failed, lost, 

sail er = that which sails, a sail or = a seaman, one who 

vessel. sails, 

soar = to rise high. sore = painful, not healed, 

suck er = a branch of a plant, sue cor = relief, help. 

Mark these words and use them in sentences. 


sa Ive 
paints 
oint'ment 
nut'meg 


345. Sold at the Drug Store 

var'nish lin'i ment 

va nil'/a choc'o late 

r\ r\ 

vas'e line per fum'er y 

ginVta mon mor'phme 


vi'alg 

al'um 

raising 

git'ron 


346. Phonic Reviews: Circumflex 

a, e, 6, and u before r in accented syllables. 


stair'steps 
a/ fairs' 
Aeir'ess 
therefore 


scorch mg 

for'mal 

/-\ 

cord'age 
cor'nige 


mur'der 

mur'mur 

A 

im'lough 
t hr'moil 


flare 

their 

for'mer 

turf 


In these words what marked vowels are equivalents? 
Sound them. 


THIRD COURSE 


97 



347. Words of Similar Meaning 

K _ 


rid'i cule 

de ride' 

r, --— 

scat'ter 

N 

dis perse' 

in struc'tion 

ed u ca'tion 

vex a'tion 

cha grin' 

com'pli ment 

flat'ter y 

im plore' 

sup'pli cate 

Mark these 

words and use 

> each in a sentence. 


348. Phonic Review: Two Dots 


• • 
a 

i(=e) 

' 1 & (= 6) o and u (= oo) 

hearth 

va lise' 

rs 

war'den 

prove 

heark'en 

ra vine' 

rs 

gawze 

wound'ed 

gawnt'let 

in trigwe' 

re ward' 

mov'a ble 

part'ly 

fa tigwe' 

aie'ful 
• • • 

pru'dent 

AVrite two 

words each having a vowel equivalent of I; 

two words having an equivalent of a; two having an equiva- 

lent of o; and two having an 

equivalent of u. 



349. 

Suffixes 



ist, an, ian, 

ster = one who. 


art'ist 

the'o list 

mil si'gian 

game'ster 

lin'guist 

C/iris' tian 

Eii ro pe'an 

huck'ster 

pi an ist 

his to'ri an 

song'ster 

team'ster 

Use each of these words in 

a sentence. 


350. Phonic Review — Dot Above 


9 

a (medial a); 

6 (= u); g ( = j) 


vast 

shov'ing 

gin'ger 

en hange' 

waft'ed 

gov'ern ment cue/g'el 

smoth'er 

ad vang'ing 

col'an der 

A 

rag'ing 

plunged 

Write and 

mark two words having a vowel 

equivalent of 

6, and two words having a voiced equivalent of g. 






98 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


351. Dictation 

A Sabbath well spent brings a week of content, 
And health for the toils of tomorrow; 

But a Sabbath profaned, what’er may be gained, 
Is a certain forerunner of sorrow. 

— Mathew Hale . 



352. 

Plurals 

of Nouns Ending in f 

or fe 

Singular 


Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

life 


lives 

calf 

calves 

knife 


knives 

shelf 

shelves 

wife 


wives 

self 

selves 

Rule 

VI: 

A few 

nouns ending in / or 

fe form their 


plurals by changing / or fe to ves. 

Repeat Rules IY and V. 

Mark completely the words in this exercise, 


353. The Tilde 


e, l, o, y, before r = u e, a, I, o, or y, before r 

in accented syllables. in unaccented syllables. 


germ 

word'y 

vir'gin 

skir'mish 


hurl'ing 
Myr'tle 
stern'ly 
con firm' 


gram'raar 
e lix'ir 
ra'zor 
zeph'yr 


splen'dor 

near'er 

ta'pir 

hor'ror 


w 

a = o 

w&Ylow 

warVant 

squan'der 

squab'hle 


354. Dot Below 

o = oo u = oo 

• • 

bos'om cuck'oo 

• j. • 

worn'an ly cushion 

wolf'ish bul'rush 

• • 

wors'ted pul'Zey 


wand 

bullock 

wal'tet 

Worcester 


THIRD COURSE 


99 


355. Use of Macron 


Above 

peach'es 
skpi'boardg 
tu'bu lar 
mo'tion less 
rhymes 

a. 


Below e (= a) 

whey 

veins 

— JL 

con veys' 
refyn'ing 
sur vey'or 


Below n (= ng) 

an'gry 

tink'er 

trm'ket 

sin'gle 

wrin'kle 


main'spring 
sleigh'bells 
mu'tu al 
him'gry 
mm'gling 


What sound does the macron above vowels give them? 
For what sounds are e and n equivalents? 


356. Phonic Review 

1. Write four words in which the modified macron ± is used 

•> 

above vowels, as in re volve', band'age. 

2. Write three words in which the modified macron is used 
below consonants, as in ex pose', ex ert'. 

3. What are the equivalents of the consonants marked with 
a modified macron (j.) below? 

4. Write three words in which obscure vowels are marked 
with the inverted breve below (^), as in i de'al, i de'a. 

5. Write three words in which ti = sh, and three in which 
ci = sh; as in no'tion, fa'cial. 


Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 


357 

358 

359 

360 

ab'senge 

a u to mo'bile 

car na'tion 

ex hi bi'tion 

ac'tu al 

ax'le 

cat'er pil Zar 

falsc'hbod 

M dress' 

bag'yage 

chanced 

fa mil'iar 

a dult' 

bap'tism 

char'coal 

fash'zon 

r\ 

aft er noon' 

bar'gain (ai=e) 

cleanse 

JL 

f at/get 

a gree'a ble 

ba'szn 

con geit' 

fa'vor ite 

al'most 

bea'ver 

con'tra ry 

flre'plage 

an'c/ior 

be grudge' 

cu'n aus 

fla'vor 

anx'ious 

be hav'ior 

dl'a ry 

flo'rist 

ap'pe tite 

blu'ing 

dis ap point' 

for'feit 


Macron 


n 


Modified 

Macron 


M 


Breve 

M 

Breve- 

Circumflex 

W 

Inverted 

Breve 

[-1 

Circumflex 

n 

Dots 

[••] 


Dot 

[•] 


Tilde 

ri 


Transverse 
Bar [-] 

Cedilla [>] 
Tie Bar 


FOURTH COURSE 

120 Exercises 

Diacritical Marks and Their Use 

above long vowels a, e, i, o, u, y, oo, as in rate, meat, 
side, boat, smt, my, moon; above hard (Roman) g, 
as in get; below n ( = ng) as in think; below 
Roman e ( = a) as in th ey. 

above long a, e, 6, u, in unaccented syllables, as in 
voy'age, desire', prd vide', unite'; below voiced s 
( = z or zh) as in has, leisure; below ^ ( = gz) as 
in ex 1st'. 

above short vowels a, e, l, o, u, y, and do, as in sat, 
met, it, not, up, hymn, took. 

above medial o, as in soft. 

below obscure vowels a, e, e, u, in unaccented sylla¬ 
bles, as in cap'i tal, so'fa, par'ent, men'tion, 
catch'up. 

above a, e, 6, u, as in hafr, there (a = e), horse, 
urn. 

above Italian (Roman) a, as in fii'ther; and Roman 
l ( = e), as in ma chine'; below broad a, as in hah; 
o ( = oo) in do; and Roman u ( = oo) as in rule. 

above medial a, as in ask; 6 ( = u) as in son; above 
soft g ( = j) as in gen'tle; below a ( = 5) as in what; 
o (= oo) as in wolf; u (= do) as in fuh. 

above e, I, o, and y (all = u) before r; (1) accented, 
as in her, girl, work, Myr'tle; (2) unaccented, 
the same vowels (and also a) before r, as in brl'ar, 
ac'tor, ta'plr, sat'yr. 

through hard (Roman) c ( = k) as in catch; through 
voiced th, as in tho ugh. 

below sharp g ( = s) as in gent. 

below two letters, to indicate blended consonant- 
vowel, as tu ( = chu) in na'ture, and dii ( = ju) in 
ver'dure. 


100 


FOURTH COURSE 


101 


361. Definitions 

A syllable is a word or part of a word that is uttered at one 
impulse of the voice; as man (a syllable), man'ly (two syllables). 
Words of one syllable, like man and walk, are monosyllables. 
Words of two syllables, like man'ly and walk'ing are dissyl¬ 
lables. Those of three syllables, like re peat'ing and in vest'- 
ment, are trisyllables. Words of more than three syllables are 
polysyllables. 

A primitive word is one that is not derived from another word 
in the language; as man, tie. 

A derivative word is one that is formed by the addition of a 
prefix or suffix to a primitive word, as man'ly (suffix ly), un tie' 
(prefix un); or by some change within the primitive word, as 
proof (derived from prove). 

Synonyms are words having the same or nearly the same 
meaning; as live and dwell. Words that have opposite mean¬ 
ings are antonyms; as live and die. 

Homonyms are words that sound alike but differ in spelling 
and meaning; as heel, a part of the foot, and heal, to make well, 
or to cure. 

Exercise: Write words that are monosyllables; dissylla¬ 
bles; trisyllables; polysyllables; primitive words; derivative 
words; synonyms; antonyms; homonyms. 

362. Synonyms 

,- A -s ^- A -V 

per se vere' con tin'ue ac com'pa ny es cort' 

ac com'plish a chieve / per ceive' dis cern' 

ob'sta cle ob struc'tion com pete' em'u late 

Mark these words completely and use each in a sentence. 

363 

„-—- A -S ,- A -V 

views pros'pects spite mal'ice 

claws tal'ons pur'pose in ten'tion 

mead mead'ow hin'der pre vent' 

Follow directions in exercise 362 










102 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


364. Prefixes 

in, im, en, em = make or put in. 

en rich' in crust' en force' im plant' 

en rage' in flame' en list' im per'il 

en roll' in sure' en dear' em bit'ter 

Mark sounded and silent letters. 

Use these prefixes to make new words of the following: 
tan gle , dan ger, pris on. Mark the new words. 

365. Dictionary Exercise 

Abbreviations used: n., noun; v., verb; a., adjective; adv ., 

adverb; interj., interjection. 

ally' (all') n. A person or nation bound to or asso¬ 
ciated with another. 

An'zac (an'zak) n. Plural An'zacs. A name given to any 
soldier from Australia or New Zealand. ' Originated from 
the first letters of the words— “Australia-New Zealand Army 
Corps.” 

a're a (a're a) n. The surface contained within the lines 
of a plane figure. In England, the yard or court around a 
building. 

bar rage' (ba razh') n. Constant rapid firing upon a place 
or line by an army to prevent the enemy from moving 
within the position fired upon. 

bay'ou (bi'bo) n. An inlet from a gulf, bay, or river. 
Used principally in the southern states. 

bellows (bel'oz) n. A device which takes in air at one 
opening and expels it forcibly through a tube. 

bias pheme' (bias fern') v. To speak irreverently, particu¬ 
larly of God or sacred things. 

breech'es (bnch'ez) n. Trousers. An outer garment worn 
by men, covering the hips and legs. 

car'bine (kar'bin) n. A short rifle, used mostly by cavalry. 

chap'er on (shap'er on) n. A person, usually an elderly 
woman, who accompanies a young lady for propriety, v. To 
escort as a chaperon. 


FOURTH COURSE 


103 


366. Sounds of a 


Long a (a), as in plague; 

Short a (a), as in can'vas; 

Medial a (a), as in mas'tif/; 

Italian a (a), as in hear'ty; 

Flat a (a), as in ware'house; 

Modified long a (a), in unaccented syllables, as in un'age; 

Obscure a (a), in unaccented syllables, as in cur'rants, 
car'cass; 

Broad a (a = 6), as in vaalt; 

Short broad a (a = 6), as in wal'lop; 

Tilde a (a = e before r) in unaccented syllables, as in 
gram'raar. 

Write and mark two words containing each of the sounds 
of a. 


367. Sounds of e 


Long e (e), as in wheat, cheap, steep; 

Short e (e), as in weath'er, yel7ou>, whelp; 

Tilde e (e), before r (accented) as in hearse, and in unac¬ 
cented syllables, as in bak'er; 

Modified long e (e), unaccented, as in depart'; 

Obscure short e (e), unaccented, as in mack'erel; 

Roman e (e = a), in neigh'bor. 

Write and mark two words containing each of the sounds 
of e. 

368 

Use dictionary, supply missing letters, and mark these 
words completely. 

die ta tion pre pare ne_r ly jer s_y 

Can _ da wan d_r strength vil _age 


class es 
Ar_ tic 


li _r 


an g_r 


ther_ fore ge ni al 
neigh ing 


car _ van 


104 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


369. Words Ending in Silent e 


Rule I: 
beginning 

Words ending 
with a vowel is 

in silent e drop e 
added. 

when a suffix 

en gage' 

jos'tle 

en force' 

com plete' 

pro cure' 

jum'ble 

sur prise' 

in crease' 

ob serve' 

re pose' 

pre side' 

dis charge' 


Add the suffix ing, or some other suffix beginning with a 
vowel, to the words above. 

Mark the vowels, consonants, and silent letters in the words 


you make. 

370. 

Exceptions to Rule I 


hoe'ing 

shoe'ing 

dye'ing 

toe'ing 

mile'age 
singling 
tmge'ing 
trape'a ble 

peape'a ble 
chargc'a hie 
change'a ble 
out ra'geous 

cour a'geous 
no'tigc a ble 
ser'vige a ble 
man'age a ble 



371. Dictation 


Heaven is not reached at a single bound; 

But we build the ladder by which we rise 


From the lowly earth to the vaulted skies, 

And we mount to the summit round by round. 

— Longfellow. 


372. In North America 


A las'ka 

Card a da 

Mex'l cO 

Hon du'ras 

• • /-\ 

New Eng'land (e=i) 
Southland 
fish'er ie§ 


wheat'ffeldg 
sil'ver mines 

JL 

ma hog'a ny 
man u fac'tur mg 
ag'ri cul'ture 
gla'giers 
gold'mincs 


for'ests 
buf'/a Iocs 
earth'quakes 
har'bors 

-L. 

plan ta'tiqns 
vol ca'noeg 
prai'rieg 



FOURTH COURSE 

105 

373. 

States and Their Abbreviations 


Ken tuck'y 

Ky. 

Mis sis sip'pi 

Miss. 

Wis con'sin 

Wis. 

Lou i §i an'a 

La. 

Min ne so'ta 

Minn. 

Tex'as 

Tex. 

Mis sou'ri 

Mo. 

Gcor'gi a 

Ga. 

I'6 wa 

r\ 

Ia. 

V lr gm i a 

Va. 

Kan'gas 

Kan. 

Flor'i da 

r\ 

Fla. 

Ne bras'ka 

r\ 

Neb. 

North Car 6 ll'na 

A 

.N.C. 

North Da ko'ta 

r\ r*\ 

N. D. 

South Car 6 ll'na 

A 

s. c. 

South Da ko'ta 

r\ 

S. D. 

Mar'yland (mer) 

Md. 

Penn'syl va'ni a 

Pa. 

Del'a ware 

r\ 

Del. 

Dis'trict of Co lum'bi a D. C. 

r\ 

0 kla ho'ma 

r\ r\ 

Okla. 


Point toward these states and pronounce their names. 


374. Word Building 


er and or = one who 


Add one of these suffixes to each of the following words: 


mourn 
preach 
re cord' 
sup port' 


com pose' 
pro mote' 
pro duce' 
pur'chase 


ere ate' 
sur vive' 
con trib'ute 
spec'u late 


con fess' 
op press' 
in struct' 
de pos'it 


Write the new words you make, and mark them. 

What words in your list are spelled according to Rule I? 
Observe: The vowels e and o in the suffixes er and or are 
equivalents. 


375. Dictionary Exercise 


Abbreviations same as in exercise 365. 
crem'a to ry (krem'a t6 ry) n. A furnace or institution for 
burning dead bodies or refuse. 

dis course' (dis kors') n. A speech or written treatise, 
dis franchise (dis fran'chiz) v. To deprive of the right to vote, 
dis solve' (di zolv') v. To separate, break up, or destroy, 
ec'ze ma (ek'ze ma) n. An itching skin disease, 
en'dive (en'div) n. An herb whose stalks are used for salad. 


106 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


376 


Write these words, filling in the missing letters; mark the 
accented syllables, sounded vowels, and silent letters. 


sal _ry 

clum _y 

crev _ce in v_ lid 

trow _I 

des p_r ate 

mead o_s dis 

g_ise 

cur r_nt 

vol um_ 

par _el suit _ ble 

377. 

States and Their Abbreviations 


Marne 

Me. 

Mon ta'na 

r\ 

Mont. 

New Hamp'shire N. H. 

I'da ho 

r\ 

Ida. 

Ver mont' 

Vt. 

Wy o'ming 

Wyo. 

Mas sa chu'setts 

Mass. 

Ne va'da 

Nev. 

Co n neet'i cut 

Conn. 

XJ'tah 

Ut. 

R/iode Island 

R. I. 

C51 6 ra'do 

Colo. 

New York' 

N. Y. 

Cal l for'm a 

Cal. 

New Jer'sey 

N. J. 

Or'e gon 

Ore. 

Ar l zo'na 

r\ 

Ariz. 

Washington Wash. 


New Mex'i co 

N. M. 



Point toward these states and pronounce their names. 


378. In Other Possessions of United States 

A las'ka Sit'ka Es'ki mos A leu'tian 

Ha wall Hon 6 lulu Ha wai'iang pine'ap pies 

PortoR'i'co San Juan'(j = h) to bac'co West In'dieg 
Philip pineg Ma nil'a Fil i pi'nOg Ta ga'log 

Pan a ma' Co Ion' Ca nal' Zone Is^'mus 

r\ 

Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 

Write these words, separate them into syllables, mark the 
accent, the silent and sounded letters, and pronounce them. 
Use the dictionary. 



FOURTH COURSE 

107 



379 


absence 

shrivel 

drowsy 

burrow 

interrupt 

behavior 

athletic 

tutor 

attractive 

mineral 

positive 

really 

passenger 

sceneiy 

dropped 

fulfill 

hardships 

mandolin 

peaches 

wafer 

windows 

asphalt 

soot 

sieve 

permission 

wealthy 

climax 

1 

hymn 

gospel 

opposite 

fashion 

rogue 

partial 

garment 

shields 

suddenly 

volunteer 

dyeing 

currant 

frigid 


handkerchief 

growth 

380 

valuable 

contrary 

nobody 

affairs 

seizes 

sorrel 

visitor 

herbs 

vapors 

operation 

cuddle 

Canadian 

alcohol 

daily 

dairy 

tassel 

mantle 

silken 

nimble 

justice 

serious 

pickles 

gleaming 

adult 

expense 

afternoon 

chairman 

resolution 

photograph 

morsel 

crockery 

wickets 

croquet 

diphthong 

allies 

torpedo 

Red Cross 

bandage 


381. Dictation and Memory Gem 

/ 

We sow a thought and reap an act; 

We sow an act and reap a habit; 

We sow a habit and reap a character; 

We sow a character and reap a destiny. 

— Thackeray. 


108 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


382. Synonyms 


vain 

proud 

il lit'er ate 

ig'no rant 

chas tise' 

pun'ish 

com pare' 

con trast' 

ad joining 

ad j a'cent 

dis turb' 

in ter rupt' 

Mark these 

words and use each 

in a sentence. 



383. Accent and Meaning 


Nouns 

Verbs 

Nouns 

Verbs 

abstract 

ab stract' 

con'crete 

con crete' 

ac'cent 

. ac cent' 

con'fine 

con fine' 

al ter'nate 

al'ter nate 

con'flict 

con flict' 

com'pound 

com pound' 

con'tract 

con tract' 


Mark the vowels and consonants in these words. 

Observe: In words spelled alike, but accented differently, 
the accent in nouns is generally nearer the first part of the 
words. 

What exception to this in the words in this exercise? 

384. Word Building 

Prefix un, meaning not, to the following words, and note 
the change of meaning. 


fold 

load 

rav'el 

hitch'ing 

wrap 

close 

bri'dle 

fas'ten 

mask 

lace 

sad'dle 

but'ton 

screw 

cov'er 

bur'den 

sealed 


Mark the new words you make. 

What change is made in the meaning of a word by pre¬ 
fixing un ? 

Write other words containing prefixes meaning not. 






FOURTH COURSE 


109 


385. Dictionary Exercise 

gallows (gal'oz) n., singular. A frame on which to hang 
criminals. 

ga rage' (ga razh') n. A place for housing automobiles. 

gerrymander (ger'i man'der) v. To divide a state or 
other territory into civil districts of unnatural or unfair 
shapes for political advantage. So called from Governor 
Gerry, of Massachusetts, whose party first resorted to such 
acts; and “salamander,” from the fanciful shape of one of 
the districts. 

gib'ber ish (gib'er ish) n. Rapid, inarticulate talk. 

Go'tham (go'tham) n. A name applied to New York 
City; so called after a village in England whose inhabitants 
were noted for their follies. 

gun'wale (gun'el) n. The upper edge of a boat’s side. 
So named because guns were pointed from it. 

har'ass (har'as) v. To annoy, weary, or irritate. 

heigh'ho (hl'ho) interj. An exclamation of surprise or 

weariness. 

386. Sounds of i and y 

Long i (I), as in high'er, = long y (y), as in try. 

Short i (l), as in bit'ter, = short y (y), as in mys'tic. 

Equivalent sounds of i are: 

Roman i (i = e), as in va lise'. Tilde i (l = e), as in girl. 

Consonant i (i = y in yes), as in I tal'ian. 

Write and mark two words containing each of the sounds 
of i and y. 

387. Arithmetical Terms 

Using dictionary, supply missing letters, and mark these 


words completely. 

ab stract 

ad dend 

av oir d_ pois 

con crete 

in vert 

cir cu l_r 

in t_ ger 

con tents 

di am _ ter 

frac tion al 

com plex 

de nom __ nate 

nu m_r a tor 

cu bic al 

dec _ mal 


110 

MANUAL OF SPELLING 



388. Animal Life 


min'now 

bob'o link 

hum'ming bird 

tad'pole 

plov'er 

po'lar bear 

tor'toise 

par'tridge 

buf'fa lo 

ter'ra pin 

guinea (i) fowl 

car'ri er pig'eon 


Mark these words completely. 


389. Military Terms 


corps 

reg i'ment 

colo'nel (ol=or) 

ord'nance 

can'non 

bri gade' 

pla toon' 

mu ni'tions 

mus'ket 

di vi'sion 

ma chine'gun 

cam paign' 

bombs 

mor'tar 

quar'ter mas'ter 

sa lute' 

bat'ter y 

skir'mish 

in trench' 

bay'o net 

Mark these 

words completely. 



390. Naval Terms 


sea'men 

gun'boat 

block ade' 

bat'tle ship 

ar'mor 

cruis'er 

gren ade' 

sub'ma line 

gun'ner 

en'sign 

com mand'er 

tor pe'do 

con'voy 

squad'ron 

des troy'er 

per'i scope 

bom bard' 

broad'side 

ma lines' 

depth'bomb 


Mark these words completely. 


391. Dictation 

Our state has one star in the blue of our 
country’s flag. We will respect it with all our 
hearts. 

We will honor our flag by living for it, by 
being honorable, brave, just, and loyal, and by 
being ever ready, in peace or war, to uphold 
and defend it and our nation’s glory. 


FOURTH COURSE 


111 


In South America 
392 


Ar gen ti'na 

Bue'nos Ai'res 

Am'a zon 

Bra zil' 

Ri'o de Ja nez'ro (zha) 

w 

An'de§ 

Co lom'bi a 

an 

Bo go ta' 

qul'nlne 

Chile 

San ti a'go 

ma hog'a ny 

Pe ru' 

Li'ma 

Zlii'ma 

r\ 


393 


Ec'ua dor 

an 

Guay a quiY 

rub'her 

Bo liv'i a 

an 

La Paz' 

coffee (1) 

G ui a'na 

Par a mar'i bo 

co'co a 

U'ru gua y 

Mon te vid'e 6 

con'dor 

Yen e zue'la 

A 

Ca rac'as 

r\ 

bo'a con stric'tor 

r\ 

Par'a gua y 

A sun 91 on' 

La Pla'ta 

r\ 


394. Doubling Final Consonant 


Add 

ed or ing to these words, 

observing 

Rule II. 

tug 

trot 

ex cel' 

0 mit' 

drag 

fret 

e quip' 

com mit' 

skin 

flit 

al lot' 

con fer' 

plod 

sob 

ex pel' 

re gret' 


Mark the new words you make, and explain how Rule II 
applies to their spelling. 


Supplementary Exercise 

Write the names of six articles of clothing you see in 
school. 

Write the names of six foods that are produced in your 
neighborhood. 

Name six manufactured products you have seen or used. 


112 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


395. Dictionary Exercise 

ig no ra'mus (igno ra'mus) n. A dunce, or ignorant person. 

il lus'trate (1 lus'trat) v. To make clear by picture or 
vivid description. 

im'pi ous (un'pi iis) a. Without reverence for God or 
sacred obligations. 

in qui'ry (in kwlr'y) n. Investigation, or search for knowl¬ 
edge. 

in vei'gle (in ve'gl) v. To lead astray, entice, ensnare. 

joc'und (jok'iind) a. Merry, gay. 

jowl (jol) n. The jaw or cheek. 

kiln (kil) n. A furnace or heated chamber for heating, 
drying or burning something; as for brick or lime. 

kin'der gar'ten (ldn'der gar'ten) n. A school for young 
children, in which play, exercise, and observation are used as 
a means of instruction. 


396 

Synonyms Antonyms 


a droit' 

skill'ful 

ma'jor 

mi'nor 

fool'ish 

sense'less 

sen'ior 

jun'ior 

mod'est 

de mure' 

re'cent 

re mote' 

doc'ile 

teach'a ble 

con'vex 

con'cave 

lib'er ai 

gen'er ous 

mod'ern 

an'cient 

What is a synonym? What 

is an antonym? Mark these 

words, and 

use them in sentences. 


397. Games and Sports 

Using the dictionary, supply missing letters, 

and mark these 

words: 

golf 

base'ball 

ten'_is 

swim'_ing 

chess 

foot'ball 

mar'bles 

bil'_iards 

quoits 

le_p'frog 

che_k'ers 

doin'_ no s 

fish'ing 

shin'_y 

ro_'ing 

hunt'ing 

Write the 

names of five other 

games. 







FOURTH COURSE 


113 


398. Word Building 

As noun endings, ant and ent mean one who; as adjective 
endings, they mean the same as ing. 

Add these suffixes to the words below. 


please 
dis'cord 
as sist' 
con test' 


as sail' 
de scend' 
in hab'it 
tri'umph 


re side' 
in dulge' 
pro vide' 
ad here' 


ab hor' 
re pel' 
per sist' 
cor re spond' 


Repeat Rule I. What words you have made were spelled 
according to it? 

Repeat Rule II. What words you have made were spelled 
according to it? 

Mark fully the words you made. 


Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 

Write the words in the next two exercises, divide them 
into syllables, and mark them fully. Use the dictionary. 


399 


accident 

quarrel 

poultry 

kettle 

orchard 

subtract 

aloud 

decimal 

initiate 

mayor 

indolent 

waiters 

separately 

goldenrod 

cautiously 

obliging 

kennels 

rhyme 

rime 

nickname 


biscuit 

muzzle 

jewelry 

fortieth 

violet 

region 

multiply 

hyphen 

describing 

lovable 

wrinkle 

reasoning 

niece 

journey 

education 

bandages 

humor 

crayon 

prairie 

beautiful 


114 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


400 


merchandise 

canary 

influence 

stolen 

. engineer 

walnut 

porridge 

package 

gosling 

timid 

canvass 

bashful 

ciphers 

jostle 

unravel 

nephew 

question 

fringes 

mischievous 

kidnap 

knapsack 

intruding 

oysters 

division 

arctic 

walrus 

eskimo 

toilet 

dainty 

worsted 

woolen 

husband 

lizard 

buzzard 

isthmus 

channel 

handsome 

doorstep 

pumpkin 

okra 


401. 

Dictation 


Be just, and fear not; 



Let all the ends thou : 

aim’st at be thy country’s, 

Thy God’s, and truth’ 

s. 




— Shakespeare. 


402. 

Synonyms 


in dus'tri ous 

dill gent 

\ f 

corn'pe tent 

- \ 

quail fled 

clev'er ness 

in'ge nul ty 

per'ma nent 

du'ra ble 

an'cient 

an'ti quat'ed 

no'ted 

no to'ri ous 


Mark these words fully, and use each in a sentence. 


403. Synonyms 

Using dictionary, supply missing letters, and mark these 
words completely: 

Adjectives Verbs 


neat 

ti'dy 

talk 

con verse' 

frank 

can'd—d 

prove 

ver'_ fy 

wi'ly 

cun r _ing 

re pel' 

re pulse' 

live'ly 

cheer'y 

dis cuss' 

parley 

lonely 

sol'— ta ry 

per form' 

ex'_ cute 










FOURTH COURSE 


115 


404. Prefixes — pre and pro 


pre = before. 

pre 'fix pre diet/ 

pre pay' pre sup pose' 

pre side' pre pare' 

pre judge' pre ar range' 


pro = for, forward, forth, out. 


pro duce' pro cure' 

pro ceed' pro mote' 

pro yoke' pro ceed' 

pro claim' pro vide' 


Define these words, and use each in a sentence. 
Mark silent letters and accented vowels. 


405. Dictionary Exercise 


kins'folk (lunz'fok) n. Relatives, kindred, 
leg'end (lej'end) n. A story of the past, the truth of 
which is not known; an inscription to be read. 

lcg'ume (leg'um) n. The fruit or seed-pod of any bean- 
like plant. 

lei'sure (le'zhur) n. Freedom from occupation or business, 
li'chen (ll'ken) n. A leafless plant, growing on rocks or 
bark of trees. 

lull'a by (lul'a bl) n. A soothing song to quiet a baby, 
man'da rin (man'da rin) n. A Chinese high official, 
man'i cure (man'i kur) n. A person who takes care of 
people’s hands, especially the nails. Verb, to care for the 
hands and nails. 

mas sage' (rna sazh') n. The act of rubbing or kneading 
the body. Verb, to rub or knead the body. 

men'u (men'u) n. A bill of fare, or course of victuals 
served. 

mis'tle toe (mis'l to) n. A plant with green leaves, yel¬ 
lowish flowers, and waxy berries, growing on branches of 
trees. 

\ 

mo rale' (mo rah) n. Unity and vigor of mind and action, 
as of an army; dependent on zeal, hope, confidence, etc. 


116 

MANUAL OF SPELLING 


i 

406. Sounds of o 


Long o (o) 

Short o (o) 

Medial o (6) 

Broad o(o = a) 

lo'cal 

sol'id 

thong 

or'der 

bro'ken 

V / VJ 

sor ry 

mothg 

bor'der 

smoke'less 

frol'ic 

trough 

or'chard 

mo'ment 

r\ 

profit 

ac cost' 

morn'ing 

hope'less 

rob'frer 

be gone' 

brought 


407. Sounds of u 


Long u (u) 

Short u (u = o) 

Circumflex u (u = e) 

du'el 

judg'ment 

pur'chase 

mer'maid 

sub due' 

sun'flow er 

Tur'key 

tur'bu lent 

stu'por 

suc'cor 

cur'taing 

tur'tle 

in duge' 

cut'worm 

fur'ni ture 

pearls 

ma ture' 

r\ 

ac cus'tom 

tur'ban 

tur'lough 


408. o and 

u Equivalents 


• V 

0 = u 

o and u = do 
• • 

o and u = do 
• • • • 


shov'el 

wo'man 

r\ 

re prove' 

hon'ey 

flutter 

pud'ding 

un couth' 

mul'/ey 

dis cov'er 

wobd'en 

bai loon' 

en tomb' 

won'der ful 
• 

bul'/e tm 

• r\ 

se elude' 

cou'n er 


Sound the accented vowel in each of these words. 


409. Suffixes with Words Ending in y 

Add any suffix that does not begin with i to the following 
words, changing final y to i. 


bus'y (u=i) 

diz'zy 

jiis'ti fy 

fan'c;y 

tur'y 

nas'ty 

ter'n fy 

lone'ly 

wea'ry 

gaiddy 

mul'ti ply 

ugly 

fleeg'y 

chil'/y 

em bod'y 

pd'ny 

Repeat Rule III. How does it apply to these words? 
Mark completely the new words you make. 


FOURTH COURSE 


117 


410. Of Similar Meaning 

Nouns 


-A 

f S 


cloak 

man'tle 

dose 

po'tion 

shel'ter 

refuge 

ten'et 

doc'trine 

calking 

vo ca'tion 


Adjectives 


ripe 

ma ture' 

liv'ing 

vi'tal 

ghast'ly 

ghost'like 

fi'nal 

con clu'sive 

fear'less 

in trep'id 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


411. Dictation 

The English alphabet formerly had an extra 
letter which it now has not. This extra letter, 
called Thorn , had the sound of th unvoiced (as 
in thick), or voiced (as in then). It was finally 
dropped from the alphabet, and its sounds are 
represented by th. 

As Thorn looked much like the written Y , 
we sometimes use y in place of it, as in “Ye 

_ _ v 

Olde Inn’ 7 (pronounced The Olde Inn). 


In Europe 


412 


Eng'land (e=i) 

Nor'way 

It'a ly 

Scotland 

Swe'den 

Greege 

Ireland 

Hol'/and 

Ru ma'ni a 

• A 

Switzerland (z=s) 

Por'tu gal 

Tur'key 

France 

Spam 

Rus'sia (si=sh) 

Bel'gi um 

Bui ga'ri a 

Aws'tri a 

.. r\ 

Den'mark 

Ger'ma ny 

Po'land 

r\ 






118 

MANUAL OF SPELLING 



413 


Lon'don 

\ T en'ige 

Gen'o a 

Par'is 

Vi en'na 

Dar da nelZeg 

Ala drid' 

/-N 

Cal'ais 

Hague 

Brest 

Sa 16 ni'ki 

Alar seilles' 

Brus'selg 

Pet'ro grad (Pyet'ro grat) 

Liv'er pool 

Ber lin' 

T/iame§ (a=e) 

Al sage' 

Alarne 

Y'pres (e'pr) 

War'saw 
• • • • 


Pronounce the words in exercises 412 and 413. 


414. Word Building 

To the following words add the suffixes indicated: 
ous = full of, having. let = little. 


. ■*' 

joy. 

dan'ger 

ring 

cut 

en vy 

de sire' 

wave 

vem 

mys'ter y 

vig'or 

lake 

plant 

ln'dus try 

glo'ry 

brook 

• book 

vic'to ry 

mel'o dy 

branch 

stream 

In adding 

the suffix ous to 

the words in 

the first two 


columns, what changes are made in final y and ef Why? 

415. Dictionary Exercise 

nape (nape) n. The back of the neck. 

ne’er (nar) adv. Never. 

nic'o tine (nik'6 tin) n. A poison contained in tobacco. So 
named for Jean Nicot, who first introduced tobacco into 
France. ' 

nom'ad (nom'ad) n. One of a race of people having no 
fixed home. A wanderer. 

* 

nui'sance (nu'sans) n. That which annoys or gives offense. 

on'er ous (on'er us) a. Burdensome, oppressive. 

op po'nent (o po'nent) n. One who opposes. An adver¬ 
sary. 

or'de al (or'de al) n. A severe trial or experience. 

or'gy (or'ji) n. A drunken revel or carousal. 


FOURTH COURSE 


119 


416 

Accented e, i, 6, y = u. 


hearse 

glr'cu late 

myr'tle 

bur'den 

ser'pent 

glr'cum flex 

myrr/i 

A /l 

sur ly 

mer'gi ful 

vlr'gm 

di ver'si ty 

turn'plke 

ear'nest 

girth 

a/ firm' 

wor'thy 


417 


Unaccented 

a, e, i, 5 and y before r. 


cow'ard 

lec'tur er 

pros'pect or 

sat'yr 

back'ward 

en grav'er 

so lig'it or 

ta'plr 

gel'Zar 

type'set ^er 

nav'i ga tor 

frl'ar 

mor'tar 

book'sel lev 

su per vl'sor 

gos'sa mer 

In such syllables these tilde vowels are equivalents. 

418. Plurals of Nouns Ending in s, x, z, 

, ch or sh 

Rule IV: 

Most nouns form 

their plurals by adding s to 

the singular; 

but nouns ending with s, x, z, ch, 

or sh add es 

to form their plurals. 



Add 

s 

Add 

es 

month 

an'vil 

dress 

to'paz 

wreath 

lan'tern 

cir'cus 

couch 

path 

spin'dle 

in'dex 

dis patch' 

oath 

me'te or 

quiz 

whip'lash 


Mark these words and also the plurals you form by adding 
s and es. 

How many syllables in each word in columns three and 
four? 

How many syllables in the plural form of each of those 
words? 

What other rule applies to the spelling of the plural of 
the word quiz? 


120 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 

Use the dictionary. Divide these words into syllables, and 
mark each completely. 

419 


alley 

riddles 

orphan 

pantry 

climate 

whistle 

period 

polite 

olive 

murmur 

forgotten 

choice 

outward 

scatter 

whisper 

bundle 

wonder 

monkey 

thimble 

upstairs 

soldier 

sparrow 

squirrel 

swallow 

traveling 

toward 

twentieth 

underneath 

until 

thousand 

smoky 

yarn 

forge 

attacked 

yielded 

blanket 

bureau 

errand 

uneasy 

awkward 



420 


bracelet 

gallon 

increased 

finished 

slumber 

season 

sirup 

stirrup 

discover 

conquer 

chestnut 

poison 

bosom 

occupy 

apiece 

choir 

satisfy 

together 

melon 

pigeon 

vaiy 

towel 

linen 

crimson 

argue 

benefit 

canal 

canoe 

citizen 

cinder 

disagree 

history 

exercise 

postage 

parade 

pardon 

uproar 

unravel 

purple 

Anzac 


421. 

Dictation 



A thing of beauty is a joy forever; 

Its loveliness increases; it will never 

Pass into nothingness; but still will keep 

A bower quiet for us, and a sleep 

Full of sweet dreams, and health, and quiet breathing. 

— John Keats. 


FOURTH COURSE 


121 


422. Synonyms 

,-A-, „-*-s 

op pose' ob ject' o pin'ion sen'ti ment 

irk'some te'di ous re lieve' al le'vi ate 

sold tude re tire'ment cau'tious cir'cum spect 

Mark these words, and use each in a sentence. 

What are synonymsf What are antonyms? Give examples 
of antonyms. 

423. Suggesting Other Words 

Write two other words suggested by each of the following: 

set'tle in close' im ag'ine re late' 

man'age ir'ri gate re volve' in feet' 

lo'cate cul'ti vate ro'tate op pose' 

Mark these words completely, and also the new words sug¬ 
gested by them. 

424. Prefixes 

sub, sue, suf, sup = 

under , up. circum = around. 

sub mit' suf fuse' cir cum vent' cir cum'fer ence 

sub scribe' sup port' cir'cum spect cir cum scribe' 

sue cumb' sup press' cir'cum stance cir'cum nav'i gate 

Mark these words, and use each in a sentence. 

Write ten other words, each of which contains one of the 
prefixes given in this exercise. 

Supplementary Exercise 

Mark the accented .syllables and the sounded vowels in 
the following words: 

stern ly world ly cow ard ac tor 

skir mish bur glar for ward di vi sor 

hoist ing sprout ed bound ing an noy 

What are the diphthongs in these words? Sound them. 
Find six other words in your reading lessons containing 

diphthongs. 






122 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


425. Dictionary Exercise 

Pall Mall' (pel mel') n. A street in London. 

paw'paw (pa'pa) n * A sweet yellowish fruit, shaped some¬ 
what like a banana, containing large seeds, growing wild in 
some southern states. 

par'a chute (par'a shoot) n. An umbrella-like device to 
support a person descending from a balloon or other high 
object. 

pe'o ny (pe'6 m) n. A plant of the crowfoot family, with 
divided leaves, woody stem, and large, pretty flowers. Also 
the flower. 

per'i scope (per'i skop) n. A tube-like device with mir¬ 
rors and magnifying lenses, through which an observer may 
see objects at a great distance while remaining out of sight 
himself. Used by submarines, while submerged, but with 
periscope extending above water, to see ships on the surface. 

por'tent (por'tent) n. That which forbodes or indicates 
the future, especially evil. A sign. 

pre'mi er (pre'mi er) n. Of highest rank. The highest 
officer next to the king or president. 

pres en ta'tion (prez en ta'shun) n. Act of presenting. 

prob'i ty (prob'i ti) n. Uprightness, honesty. 

prot es ta'tion (prot es ta'shun) n. A solemn statement or 
declaration. The act of protesting. 

426. Voiced Consonants 

b, d, g, j ( = g), 1, m, n, ng ( = n), r, th, v, w (= u in quit), 
y (= i in un'ion), z ( = s), z (= zh). 

1. How many different sounds are there above? What 
ones are equivalent? 

2. Write and pronounce one or more words containing each 
of these sounds. 

3. Which of these letters are sometimes unvoiced? Sound 
them, voiced and unvoiced. 

4. Which of these voiced letters are sometimes vowels? 

5. What other letter is sometimes equal to two of these 
voiced consonants together? 


FOURTH COURSE 


123 


427. Equivalent Voiced Consonants 


• • 
g = J 

n = ng 

gen'u me 

jun'gle 

gen'tle men 

don'key 

cour a'geous 

mon'key 

ex punge' 

trunks 


s = z 

re serve' gi raf fe f 

na'sal lan'guage 

choose 

-L. 

Los An'gel es 


mis'er y 
crit'i else 

3 _ 1 _ 

Sound each of the subvocals in these words. 


428. Plural of Nouns Ending in y 

Rule V: Nouns ending in y, preceded by a consonant, 
form their plurals by changing y to i and adding es. 

i 

Write the plural forms of these words: 


agony 
liv'er y 
va'can cy 
rob'ber y 


gro'cer y 
tap'es try 
a'gen cy 
so ci'e ty 


ma jor'i ty 
bi og'ra phy 
sanc'tu a ry 
nec'es sa ry 


in'ti ma cy 
com mu'ni ty 
cu ri os'i ty 
re spon'si bil'i ty 


What modified long vowels in these words? What obscure 
vowels? What words are polysyllables? 

Mark these words completely. 


429 

1. Write the names of the states that adjoin the state in 
which you live, and the abbreviation for each. 

2. Write the names of the capital cities of these states. 

3. Write the names of the principal rivers and mountains 
in these states. 

4. Mark completely the words you have written. 


Men 

Ab'ner 
Ben'e diet 
Dun'can 
E ll'as~ 

r\ 

Reu'ben 


430. Proper Names 
Women 

Bar'ba ra 
Car'o line 
Char'lotte 
Eu ge'm a 
Ig'a bel 


Cities 

Bal'ti more 
• • 

New Or le ang 
De troit' 

O'ma ha 

r>> • • 

Ev ans vine 


124 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


431. Dictation 

The song, “My Old Kentucky Home,” was 
written by Stephen Collins Foster. The house 
in which he lived when he wrote it is near 
Bardstown, Kentucky. The author was not a 
Kentuckian, but he loved the Blue Grass state. 


In the Orient 
432 


Chi nege' 

Chl'na 

coo'lieg 

chl'na ware 

Hin'dus 

In'di a 

rs 

cash'mere 

croc'o dlle 

Jap a nege' 

Ja pan' 

lac'gner 

ki mo'no 

Per'siang 

Per'sia (sha) 

ba zaar' 

shaielg 


433 



cam'el 

by e'na 

teak'wbod 

o'pi um 

co'bra I 

^ i 

el'e pliant 

bronze 

I'dolg 

ze'bu 

ll'on ess 

rs 

am'ber 

mo'hair 

jack'al 

tl'gress 

dye'wood 

in'di go 

leop'ard 

rhl nog'er os 

cam'phor 

por'ge lam 


434. Word Building 


Add these suffixes to the words below, and define each 
word you make. 1 


al = 

'pertaining to. 

ness = state 

of being. 

form 

na'tion 

spright'ly 

stub'born 

post 

per'son 

la'zy 

wretch'ed 

brute 

par'ent 

cra'zy 

in debt'ed 

tide 

mu'sic 

wea'ry ’ 

of fen'sive 

What changes are 

necessary in some of these words when 


the suffixes al and ness are added? What rules of spelling 
apply to them? 

Mark completely the words above and also the new 
you make. 


ones 


FOURTH COURSE 


125 


435. Dictionary Exercise 

quan'da ry (kwon'da ri) n. Doubt, or uncertainty, 
quay (ke) n. A wharf or clock at which boats may be 
loaded or unloaded. 

ra'bi es (ra'bi ez) n. The disease caused by the bite or 
inoculation from a rabid or mad animal, as a mad dog. 
raillery (ral'eri) n. Pleasantry, bantering, joking, 
rapine (rapln) n. Act of plundering, pillaging, or carrying 
away by force. 

ren'dez vous (ren'de voo) n. A place agreed upon for a 
meeting, v. To meet at a place agreed upon. 

re search' (re serch') n. Diligent or continued inquiry. 
Seeking facts or truth. 

re veil'le (re val'ya). (In U. S. Service commonly rev'a le) n. 
The bugle and drum call at daybreak calling soldiers to rise. 

rev'o ca ble (rev' 6 ca bl) a. Capable of being revoked or 
changed. 

rib'ald (rib'ald) a . Low, filthy, obscene, n. A mean, foul- 
mouthed person. 


In North America 


436 


New Eng'land (e=i) 
New'found land 
No'va ScO'ti a (shi a) 
pla teaus'(oz) 
Klon'dlke 


Po to'mac 
Mount Ver'non 
YeYlow stone 
Yo sem'i to 
Ni ag'a ra 

O r\ 


Ri'o Gran'de 

A1 le ghe'nie% 

Si er'ras 

Pu'get Sound 

Mam'moth Cave 

/-\ 


437 


bad'ger 

mink 

bea'ver 

rac coon' 

go'pher 

moose 

chip'munk 

coy o'te 

musk'rat 

ot'ter 

cou'gar 

o pos'sum 

wood'chuck 

wea'sel 

pan'ther 

por'eu pine 


Mark these words completely. 


126 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


433. Plurals of Nouns Ending in / or fe 

Rule VI: A few words ending in / or fe form their plurals 
by changing / or fe to ves. 

lives leaves loaves halves 

wives sheaves beeves shelves 

knives selves thieves wolves 

Mark these words completely, and write their singular 
forms. 

Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 

In the two exercises following, divide words into syllables, 
and mark the accent, the silent letters, and the vowels and 
consonants. Use the dictionary. 

439 


American 

minister 

exhaust 

spectacle 

faucet 

cereals 

genial 

vegetables 

tidings 

factories 

liquids 

system 

reptile 

appetite 

fmeiy 

scholar 

platform 

Yankees 

displayed 

pamphlet 

serials 

settlement 

excursion 

comical 

arteries 

students 

disease 

baptism 

salary 

bruised 

declared 

stamens 

grumble 

agreeable 

privations 

440 

ignorance 

rural 

tennis 

essay 

baggage 

flicker 

ladle 

strangle 

circuit 

biscuit 

injurious 

axles 

falsehood 

height 

trappers 

squeaked 

pshaw 

examined 

solder 

poverty 

suburbs 

actually 

grammar 

pedals 

immediately 

splendidly 

weapons 

courageous 

dredger 

nurseries 

hammock 

scythes 

urchins 


FOURTH COURSE 


127 


441. Dictation and Memory Gem 

So live that when thy summons comes to join 
The innumerable caravan that moves 
To that mysterious realm where each shall take 
His chamber in the silent halls of death, 

Thou go not like the quarry slave at night, 

Scourged to his dungeon, but sustained and soothed 
By an unfaltering trust, approach thy grave 
Like one who wraps the drapery of his couch 
About him and lies down to pleasant dreams. 

— William Cullen Bryant. 



442. Synonyms 

A 


fic'tion 

s 

fab ri ca'tion 

in dig na'tion 

re sent'ment 

ac quit' 

ab solve' 

in'di gence 

pov'er ty 

en'mi ty 

an i mos'i ty 

of fend'er 

de lin'quent 

Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


443. Related Words 


Write one 

or more words suggested by the following: 

choose 

re lief' 

broad 

length 

stealth 

he ro'ic 

cen'tral 

be lief' 

of fend' 

de fense' 

strong 

lost 

Mark these words completely, and also 

the new words 

you write. 



i 


444. Word Building 


Write these prefixes before 

the following 

words: 

re = again 

or back. 

mis = wrong or ill. 

mod'el 

cap'ture 

spell 

for'tune 

dou'ble 

com mence' 

trust 

state'ment 

pro duce' 

con sid'er 

man'age 

pro nounce' 

as sure' 

com mend' 

place 

un der stand' 


Mark these words completely, and also the derivative 
words you make from them. 






128 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


445. Dictionary Exercise 

sa chet' (sa sha') n. A perfumed bag to place among 
garments. 

sa'line (sa'lin) a. Salty. 

Sa lo ni'ki (sa 16 ne'ke)! n. A large city of Greece, on the 
Sa lo ni'ca (sa 16 ne'ka)/ Aegean Sea. 

si'ne cure (sl'ne kur) n. A position requiring little labor or 
responsibility. 

skein (skan) n. A quantity of yarn thread, after it is 
taken from the reel. 

slob'ber (slob'er) n. Saliva or spittle, v. To spill saliva 
or spittle from the mouth, like an infant or an idiot. 

slake (slak) v. To quench, or allay, as to slake the thirst. 
To mix with water, as to slake lime, 
spouse (spowz) n. A married person, 
squal'id (skwol'id) a. Filthy. 


446. Unvoiced Consonants 


f (= ph), h 

, k (= c), 

p, s (= 9 ), t, 

th, sh, ch, 

wh (= hw) 

f an 

h ome 

p Int 

t ent 

eh dnge 

fife 

h ook 

p ump 

th ink 

ch ill 

ph ea s ant 

€ ook 

s ing 

sh ame 

wh ere 

ph onlcs 

k ind 

9 ent 

p ush 

wh enge 

Sound the 

unvoiced 

consonant at 

the left of 

each word, 


then the phonogram to finish the word. 

Write the equivalents. What unvoiced consonants are 
marked? 

Observe: What voiced and unvoiced consonants are repre¬ 
sented by will 


447. Difficult Plurals 


ech'o 

ech'oes 

cuck'oo 

he'ro 

he'roes 

pulley 

car'go 

car'goes 

tor na'do 

mot'to 

mot'toes 

me men'to 


cuck'oos 
pulleys 
tor na'does 
me men'toes 


Mark these words completely. 


FOURTH COURSE 


129 


448. Rules for Spelling Applied 


Add ing 

Add ed 

Add ed 

What Rule? 

re sume' 

re gret' 

rely' 

pad'ding 

re vive' 

sum 

de ny' 

trot'ted 

sub side' 

be fit' 

com ply' 

oc cur'ring 

di vide' 

re cur' 

mul'ti ply 

slid'ing 

de vise' 

sub mit' 

oc'cu py 

re fus'ing 

in spire' 

pre fer' 

ter'ri fy 

sup plied' 

What rules apply to the spelling of these words? Repeat 
them. 

Mark the words completely. 

* 

449. Forms of Adjectives 

silly 

sil'li er 

sil'li est 

rud'dy 

cheer'y 

cheer'i er 

cheer'i est 

shod'dy 

hap'py 

hap'pi er 

hap'pi est 

gloom'y 

tar'dy 

tar'di er 

tar'di est 

fuss'y 

Under what rule are words in second and 
spelled? 

Write other forms of words in column four. 
Mark these words completely. 

450. Proper Names 

third columns 

People 

Cities 

Rivers 

Countries 

British 

Man'ches ter 

0 n no'co 

Si be'ri a 

r\ 

Welsh 

Pe king' 

Hiid'son 

r\ 

Po'land 

r\ 

Ser'bi aim 

Bel grade' 

Dan'ube 

Nic a ra'gua 

r\ CD r\ 

Cti'bans 

r\ i 

Ha van'a 

r\ r\ 

Seme 

Aus tra'li a 


Ar me'ni ans Je ru'sa lem St. Law'renge Greege 


130 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


451. Dictation: Memory Gem 

Dear Lord! Kind Lord! 

Gracious Lord! I pray 
Thou wilt look on all I love 
Tenderly today! 

Weed their hearts of weariness; 

Scatter every care 
Down a wake of angel wings 
Winnowing the air. 

Bring unto the sorrowing 
All release from pain; 

♦ Let the lips of laughter 

Overflow again; 

And wflth all the needy 
O divide, I pray, 

This vast treasure of content 
That is mine today. 

— James Whitcomb Riley. 

Look up the meanings of weed, wake, and winnowing, in 


the first stanza. 

» 




In 

Africa 

• 



452 


Kon'go 

pyr'a mids 

Sa ha'ra 

r\ 

E gyp'tiang 

E'gypt 

Cai'ro 

car'a van 

Ni'ger 

Mo roc'co 

Cape' Town 

Li be'ri a 

r\ 

Sphinx 

Nile 

ne'grOeg 

Moorg 

A1 gferg' 

Su dan' 

e qua'tor 

mis'sion a 

rie§ Su ez' 



453 


date 

paim'oil 

go ril7a 

ga zehe' 

I'vo ry 

di'a monds 

r\ i 

mon'kcy 

ba boon' 

ol'ive oil 

gm 

gi raf/c' 

an'te lope 

eb'o ny 

ze'bra 

r\ 

os'trich 

hip'po pot'a mus 


Write the plurals of singular nouns in this exercise. 


FOURTH COURSE 


131 


454. Suffixes 


ion means act or state; usually with t, or s: tion, sion (= shon ) 


a dop'tion 
a/ flic'tion 
con fes'sion 
de pres'sion 


va ca tion 
mi gra tion 
de vo tion 
di la tion 


pro fes sion 
sug ges tion (chun) 
trans ac tion 
com mun ion 


In what word above is i sounded like consonant yt 
Define these words and use each in a sentence. 
Pronounce the last syllable in each of these words. 
Mark the words in columns 2 and 3. 

Note: After s, the suffix tion is sounded chun. 


455. Dictionary Exercise 

shake'down (shak'doun) n. A pallet or bed on the floor, 
sheeps'head (sheps'hed) n. A sea food-fish with teeth, 
shote or shoat (shot) n. A young hog. 
sil hou ette' (sil oo et') n. A shadow profile, or side view, 
slack'er (slak'er) n. One who shirks or avoids a duty, 
sta'tus (sta'tus) n. State or condition. 

stra'tum (stra'tum) n. Plural stra'ta. A layer or bed, as 
of rock. 

suf fice' (su fls') v. To satisfy. 

suite (swet) n. A company of attendants. A set, as a 
suite of rooms. 


tableau (tab'lo) n. A 

scene represented 

by a group of 

persons 

and objects. 




456. 

Verb Forms 


Present 

Past 

Present Participle 

Past Participle 

drive 

drove 

driv'ing 

driv'en 

write 

wrote 

writ'ing 

writ'ten 

for get' 

for got' 

for get'ting 

for got'ten 

freeze 

froze 

freez'ing 

froz'en 


Mark these words completely. 


132 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


457 


Write sentences containing the past, the present v participle 
(in ing) and the past participle (after has, had, or have) of 
these words: 


wring 

fling 

bleed 

sweep 

choose 

come 

read 

kneel 

swing 

bind 

hang 

deal 


Model: She wrung the clothes, and after wringing them, 
she hung them out to dry. She had wrung them before I 
came to assist her. 


458. Word Building 

Use a prefix that means not with the following root-words: 


cer'tain 
in'ter est ed 
sub stan'tial 
ex pect'ed 


wor'thy 
wel'come 
lib'er al 
le'gal 


sane 

con ve'ni ent 

par'tial 

mor'tal 


res'o lute 
rev'er ent 
reg'u lar 
mod'er ate 


What prefixes were used with these words? 

Write and mark the derivative words you have made, and 
use each in a sentence. 


Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 

Use the dictionary. Divide the words in the next two exer¬ 
cises into syllables, mark all sounded vowels, consonants that 
require markings, and silent letters. 


459 


familiar 

parasol 

utensil 

charcoal 

medicine 

fragrant 

cleanse 

savage 

persuade 

business 

garbage 

terrible 

fixture 

modern 

fortune 

presently 

mixture 

statue 

anxious 

trowel 

scoured 

infancy 

explode 

trifle 


FOURTH COURSE 


133 


460 


salad 

disappoint 

query 

molasses 

surplus 

whither 

southern 

northern 

profit 

prophet 

almond 

concern 

florist 

policy 

vanilla 

billion 

villain 

freckles 

loiter 

hosiery 

rivulet 

scarcity 

bargain 

mischievous 

caterpillar 

recipe 

reins 

radish 


steward 

necessary 

energy 

billion 

raspberry 

forfeit 

poultice 

stationery 

simplify 

offense 

fireplace 

stomach 

innocent 

vexation 

energy 

carnation 

league 

curious 

favorite 

begrudge 

magazine 

tarnish 

cambric 

geography 

society 

boundary 

worship 

flavor 


461. Dictation 

Breathes there a man with soul so dead, 

Who never to himself hath said, 

“This is my own, my native land”? 

In your own words, write an expression of similar meaning 
to that contained in the above lines. 


462. Synonyms 


Verbs 


said 
a buse' 
pre diet' 
her'ald 


quoth 
mis treat' 
fore tell' 
pro claim' 


Adjectives 


ra'tion al 
a ware' 
lav'ish 
con tin'u al 


rea'son a ble 
con'scious 
prod'i gal 
per pet'u al 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 







134 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


463. Related Words 

Write two words suggested by each of the following: 

di ges'tion ap pa'rent slaughter am bi'tion 

na'ture crim'i nal hu man'i ty in tel'li gent 

Mark these words completely. 


464. Prefixes 


de = down or from. 

de pose' de duce' 
de part' de grade' 


contra or counter = against. 

de ter'mine con tra vene' 

de tail' con'tra band 

con tra diet' coun'ter clock'wise 


de ject' de fer' 

Mark these words and use each in a sentence. 


465. Dictionary Exercise 

terp'sich o re'an (turp'si ko re'an) a. Pertaining to dancing. 
n. A ballet dancer. 

to lu' (to lob 7 ) n. A fragrant, waxy balsam, obtained from 
a South American tree, and used in making chewing gum. 

Tom'my At'kins (tom'y at'ldnz) n. A nickname for a 
British soldier. 

tote (tot) v. To carry on the person. 

tou pee' (too pe') n. A small wig. 

triv'i al (triv'i al) a. (From Latin word trivium, a place 
where three roads meet — cross roads or a meeting place for 
gossips). Of little consequence or importance. 

trow (tro) v. To trust, or believe. 

ugh (do) interj. An exclamation of disgust or horror. 

ul ti ma'tum (ul ti ma'tum) n. A final proposition, or con¬ 
dition. 

un fre quent'ed (un fre kwent'ed) a. Rarely visited. 


FOURTH COURSE 


/ 


135 


466. Phonic Review 

At least eighteen of the sounds in the English Language 
may be expressed by the five vowels, a, e, i, o, and u. Write 
and mark words containing: 

5 sounds of a 4 sounds of o l 3 sounds of u 

2 sounds of e 2 sounds of oo 2 sounds of i 


Also write and mark words containing equivalents of these 
sounds. Thus: 


e 

in 

rein 

= a 

o 

in 

= 00 

A 

e 

in 


A 

_ = a 

u 

• 

e 

in 

= do 

l 

in 


_ = e 

in 

= i 1 

ee 

in 

breeches 

= i 

1 

in 

= u 

o 

in 


= do 

6 

in 

=d 

u 

in 


_ = oo 

y 

in 

= A 


Diphthongs are not elementary sounds, but combinations of 
sounds. The commonly designated diphthongs are oi, oy, ou , 
and ow; but it is certain that the English long vowels a, e, i, o, 
and u are also really diphthong sounds, thus:.a = ei; e = iy: 
i=ae; o=oy; andu = ydo. 

467. Modified Long Sounds in Unaccented Syllables 


In unaccented syllables the long sounds of a, e, o, and u are 
often lessened in quantity , or the length of time the sound is 
held. This produces the modified long vowels, as in the words 
following: 


a 

rum'mage 

A / lw _i_ w 

or di na ry 
del i cate 
im i ta tive 


av'e nue 
el'e vate 
plen te ous 
pen e trate 


pro po§'al 
gas'o line 
ker o sene 
op po site 


u 

crea'ture 
gen u me 
an gu lar 
ver dure 


Write the words in the last two lines above, and mark them 
completely. 

Observe: Modified long u after t or d, in unaccented syl¬ 
lables, is often marked with a tie-bar below, (tu = chu and 
di} = jft), to show that the sounds are blended. 














136 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


468. Obscure and Tilde Vowel Sounds 


Short and medial vowels in unaccented syllables often 
become obscure. They sound much alike. An obscure vowel 
before r becomes a tilde vowel (except ur ). 


hy'drant 

fa'taf 

r\ 

dis'mal 
lib'er al 


e 

coun'sel or 

r\ 

crescent 

frag'ment 

curVent 


0 

n 

pos §ess' 
co n nect' 

r\ 

pa'tri ot 
rec o m mend' 


pa poose' 
tom'a hawk 
moc'ca sin 

leg's 5y 


Pronounce the syllables having obscure or tilde vowels. 


469. Possessive Forms 


Singular 

The boy’s sled is broken. 

A lady’s purse was lost. 

The man’s coat is torn. 

The teacher’s lunch is ready. 


Plural 

The boys’ game is finished. 
The ladies’ meeting is over. 
Men’s shoes were sold. 

A teachers’ club was organized. 


470. Fifteen Voiced Consonants 


Of the forty-four distinct sounds, twenty-four are expressed 
by the twenty-one consonants in the alphabet. Fifteen of 
these are voiced sounds, and nine are unvoiced. 


1 . 

b, as in bad 

2. 

d, as in did 

3. 

g, as in gone 

4. 

\ 

j, as in just = g, as in 


gem 

5. 

1 , as in lamp 

6. 

m, as in mop 

7. 

n, as in nap 

8. 

ng, as in sing = n, as in 


think 

9. 

r, as in rap 

10. 

th, as in tbat 


11. 

v, 

as in vine 



12. 

w. 

, as in 

win = u 

, as 

in 



quick 




13. 

y> 

as in 

yes = i, 

as 

in 



on'ion 

# 



14. 


as in : 

zone = s 

voiced, 



as in re sist' 

a. 



15. 

z 

(— zh 

voiced), 

as 

in 



az'ure 

= si, as 

in 

Vl'- 


sion = g, as in bar rage' 
= j, as in ja bo t' 


Write words containing these voiced consonants. 


FOURTH COURSE 


137 


471. Dictation 

Write these sentences and mark all words completely. 

1 . Fine blue smoke makes me cry. 

2. Happy Jack rested on his gun. 

3. Ask whose father talked rudely to the police. 

4. The woman told her son to bring her veil. 

5. A turkey was soon snared and caught in the cornfield. 

6 . What thirsty person doesn’t enjoy clear crystal water? 

7. The new cook-book tells how to make prune pudding. 


472. Important Islands 


Sa mo'a 

rs 

New Zea'land 
For mo'sa 
New' Found land 


Tnn i dad' 
A zores' 

r\ 

Ber mu'da 
Cu'ba 

r\ 


Inland 
Faik'land 
Lu zon' 
Ha wal'i 


. Hai'ti 
Ja mai'ca 

r\ r\ 

Greenland 

Guam 


473. The Nine Unvoiced Consonants 

1. f, as in fight = ph, as in 


Ralph 

2 . h, as in him 

3 . k, as in kind = c, as in can 

= q, as in quit 

4. p, as in pump 

5. s, as in sent = f, as in 

9ent 

Write words containing these 
mark those that require markings. 


6. t, as in tent 

7. th, as in thick 

8 . sh, as in shine = ch, as in 

machine' = ci, as in 
spe'eial = ti, as in na'- 
tion 

9. ch, as in child = ti, as in 
ques'tion 

unvoiced consonants, and 


474 


Write these words, supplying the missing letters in them. 


sal'_ ry 
hick'_ ry 
6m'_ let 
gran'_ ry 


in de_t'ed 
ple_g'ing 
sol'em_ ly 
lis'_en ing 


ter'_i fy 
mal'_ dy 
prod'_ gy 
sen'—r al 


plum—'er 

bl'g_cle 

ixn'g— lar 
sum'ni— ly 


138 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


475. Dictionary Exercise 

va ga'ry (va ga'n) n. A whim or freakish idea. 

vaude'ville (vod'vil) n. Theatrical entertainment of a 
varied character, usually with songs, dances and dramatic 
and athletic acts. 

ve'he mence (ve'he mens) n. State of being violent, eager 
or urgent. 

ver ba'tim (ver ba'tim) adv. Word for word; in the same 
words. 

vi o lin' (vl 6 lin') n. A stringed musical instrument. 

wind'row (wind'ro) n. A row of raked hay. 

xy'lo phone (zl'16 f5n) n. A musical instrument with 
wooden sounding bars, played by striking the bars with 
wooden hammers. 

Y'pres (e'pr) n. A town in western Belgium. 

476. Words of Similar Meaning 

Write a word of similar meaning to each of the following: 


con geal' 

a ban'don 

dis perse' 

mot'tled 

com'fort 

en vel'op 

ma nip'u late 

at'mos phere 

de cline' 

ex hib'it 

en com'pass 

prov'erb 

Mark these words completely, and also the synonyms you 
write. 

Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 

Spell and pronounce the following: 

477 

478 

479 

480 

a ban'don 

ab'scess 

ab'stract 

ac gede' 

ac'cu rate 

a cous'tics 

m 

ac quaint'ange 

a dept' 

bl'as 

r\ 

be reave' 

be hoove' 

bal'co ny 

brethren 

brev'i ty 

brlb'er y 

bur'i al (u=e) 

cam'er a 

can'di date 

can'o py 

car'mine 

cat'a ract 

r\ 

gen ten'ni al 

ghaige 

c/ia'os 

chig'el 

choc'o late 

clique 

coin'age 

pul'/cy 

quin'gy 

quo'rum 

ra'di ant 


FIFTH COURSE 

120 Exercises 

481. Origin of English Words 

Until about fifteen hundred years ago the Britons, or people 
of Britain, spoke a Celtic language, similar to that still spoken 
by the Welsh. In the fifth century after Christ, two north- 
German tribes — the Angles and Saxons — conquered Britain, 
compelling the people to use their language. After that the 
country was called Angle-land, or England, and the language 
became known as English, or Anglo-Saxon. Many Celtic 
words still are part of the English vocabulary. 

About a hundred years after the Anglo-Saxon invasion of 
Britain, Christianity was introduced into England by the 
Romans, or Latins, and missionaries from Rome taught many 
Latin words to the people, and from them a great number of 
words derived from Latin came into use. The number of such 
words has constantly increased. Many Greek words also 
were brought by scholars, whose writings were more and more 
read as the people became better educated. With the growth 
of learning, and travel to other parts of the world, still other 
foreign words from other nations came into use. 

By far the greater part of present English words are of 
Latin origin, many of them coming through the French and 
Spanish. But notwithstanding that, the best writers and 
speakers, even now, use words of Anglo-Saxon origin twice as 
frequently as they use words of all other languages combined. 


482. Derivatives with Anglo-Saxon Suffixes 

ish and y = having the quality 
of (so and so). 

curl'y slavish 

smOk'y styEish 

blu'ish rog^e'ish 

Write words from which those in this exercise are derived. 
What Rule applies to the spelling of these derivatives? 


ing = the act of doing 
(so and so). 

shopping scar'ing 

sharing sol'ing 

serving min'ing 


139 


140 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


483. Derivatives with Anglo-Saxon Prefixes 

a = in, on, or at; for means opposition, off, away from; 
fore = before; mis means error, wrongly; n = not. 

a bed' for bear' fore tell' mis take' 

a board' for bid' fore see' mis state' 

a side' for get' fore bode' mis use' 

a back' for swear' fore know' mis in form' nor 


none 

nev'er 

neither 


From what root-words are those in this exercise derived? 


484. Words of Celtic and Anglo-Saxon Origin 


Mark the accent, sounded vowels, and silent letters. 

Celtic Anglo-Saxon 


brogue 

down 

balk 

felly 

crock 

brat 

creak 

fath om 

flan nel 

gar ter 

fiend 

blad der 

mag got 

rib bon 

bar row 

bury 

shan ty 

mack in tosh 

buck et 

for lorn 


The Celts (Selts or Kelts) came from western Europe to 
Britain and Ireland long before the Anglo-Saxon invasion. 
Their descendants and their language are found to a greater 
extent now in Wales, Ireland, and Scotland than anywhere 
else in the British Isles. 


Supplementary Exercises 

1 . Write sentences containing words with the Anglo-Saxon 
prefixes and suffixes given in exercises 482 and 483. 

2 . Write sentences containing the Anglo-Saxon and Celtic 
words given in exercise 484. 

3. Write five words that are spelled according to Rule I. 

4. Write five words that are spelled according to Rule II. 

5. Write five words that are spelled according to Rule III. 

6 . Write three words that are spelled according to Rule IV, 

three that are spelled according to Rule V, and two that are 
spelled according to Rule VI. 


FIFTH COURSE 


141 


485. Dictionary Exercise 

Abbreviations used: 


a., adjective 

adv., adverb 

v., verb 

t., transitive 

i., intransitive 

p. pr., present participle 

p. p., past participle 

conj., conjunction 


intj. f interjection 
prep., preposition 
AS., Anglo-Saxon 
F., French 
L., Latin 
It., Italian 
Gr., Greek 
Sp., Spanish 


For other abbreviations refer to dictionary. 


ab hor' (ab hor') v.t. [L. ab-horre're, to shudder or shrink 
away]. To shrink from with shuddering. 

ac com'mo date (a kom'6 dat) v.t. [L. ac-com-mo da’re, to 
render help to]. To help with something desired or needed. 

av'oir du pois' (av er du poiz') n. [F. avoir, to have; hold¬ 
ings, goods+de, of -{-pois, weight]. Having weight. Of the 
kind of English weight used for bulky goods. 

bris'tle (bris'l) n. [AS. byrst]. A short, stiff, coarse hair. 
v.t. To cause to stand up, as the bristles of an angry hog. 

bro chure' (br6 shoor') n. [F. brocher to stitch]. A pamph¬ 
let: an article published in pamphlet form. 

bun'combe (bun'kum) n. [from Buncombe, a county in North 

A 

Carolina]. Speechmaking to gain popular applause. Any¬ 
thing said or done for mere show. 

cinch (sinch) n. [Sp. from L. cingere, to gird]. A strong 
girth for a saddle or pack. Also slang expression meaning a 
sure or easy thing. 

con jure' (kon joor') v.t. [L. con+jurare, to swear together]. 
To entreat earnestly, to implore or beseech, (kun'jer) To 
juggle or to work a trick as by magic. 

cud'dy (kud'i) n. A small room; a closet or pantry. 


Mark, pronounce, write derivations, and define these words: 

ac qui esce' ac'tu al ad here' An'gles 

a ware' bea'con beard beast 


142 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


486. Review of English Vowel Sounds 

Eighteen distinct sounds may be expressed by the five 
vowels, a, e, i, o and u. 

1. Long a (a), as in mate; equivalent, Roman e (e = a), as 

in vein. 

2. Short a (a), as in wrap. 

3. Medial a (a), as in mask. 

4. Italian a (a), as in fa'ther. 

5. Flat a (a), as in hare; equivalent, e (= a), as in there. 

6 . Long e (e), as in heat; equivalent, Roman i (I = e), as in 

machine'. 

7. Short e (e), as in met; equivalent, a (= e), as in man'y. 

8 . Long i (i), as in time; equivalent, long y (y), (= i), as 

in my. 

9. Short i (i), as in lip; equivalent, short y (y) (= i), as in 

sys'tem; equivalent, ee (= I), as in breech'es (bntch'es). 

10. Long o (o), as in hole; equivalent, triphthong eau, as in 

beau. 

11. Short o (6), as in mop; equivalent, short broad a (a) 

(= 6), as in what. 

12. Medial o (o), as in soft. 

13. Broad o (6), as in horse; equivalent, broad a (a), as in 

wade. 

14. Long oo (do), as in moon; equivalent, o ( = do), as in 

move; equivalent Roman long u (u) (= oo), as in 
brute. 

15. Short oo (do), as in shook; equivalent, o (= oo), as in 

wolf; equivalent, Roman short u (u) (= do), as in 
pul/. 

16. Long u (u), as in use; equivalent, ew (= u), as in dew. 

17. Short u (u), as in cup; equivalent, 6 (= u), as in son. 

18. Circumflex u (u), as in urn; equivalents, Tilde e (e), 

i (l), o (6), y (y), as in her, girl, work, Myr'tle, and 
unaccented tilde a (a), as in li'ar. 

Note: The diphthongs oi in boil = oy in toy, ou in out = 
ow in bow. These are combinations of elementary sounds. 


FIFTH COURSE 


143 


487 


ma pie 

cy press 

corn crib 

coal bin 

pe can 

mul len 

gran a ry 

can ta loup 

pop lar 

squir rel 

sleigh ing 

news pa per 

wil low 

sun shine 

swim ming 

li bra ry 

ce dar 

plow share 

cur ry comb 

street car 

Mark 

these words completely, and use each 

in a sentence. 


488. Homonyms 

Let us peer between the piers of the bridge. 

No sane man will seine in a wash tub. 

We may see the beauty of the sea, but no one can seize 
the waves he sees. 

Write six other homonyms in sentences. 


Angles 
Cforis'to pher 
Co lum'bus 
Gra na'da 


489. Proper Names 

Lis'bon Pin'ta Is a bel'/a 

Sax'ons San'taMari'a Fer'dinand 

Pa'los Ma def'ra Cab'ot 

Ni'na (nya) San Sal'va dor Cor'tez 


490 


Use dictionary and supply the missing letters in these 
words: 


anticipate calib_r 

bat_alion cel_ry 

bulw_rks chanc_I 

buoy_ncy cher_b 


cit_del 
corn_ce 
, dei_n 
equilibr_um 


exag_erate 

impass_ble 

imped_d 

llam_s 


Write these words, divide them into syllables, and mark 
accent, silent letters and sounded vowels and consonants. 


144 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


491. Dictation 

The Old Testament contains less than six 
thousand words. Milton, the poet, used about 
eight thousand words in his writings. Shakes¬ 
peare used about fifteen thousand. Few of our 
best scholars make frequent use of more than 
five or six thousand different words. Yet there 
are probably more than 200,000 words in the 
English vocabulary, and new words are con¬ 
tinually being adopted. 


492. Derivatives 


What rule applies to the spelling of the following words: 


sad'den 

red'den 

hid'den 

ship'per 


stabbed 

plotted 

fop'pish 

sop'ping 


scarred 

shirred 

stun'ning 

rig'ging 


ton'nage 
pa trol'ling 
snapped 
shred'ded 


From what root-words were the above words derived? 
Repeat Rule II. 

Mark the words in this exercise. 


493. Anglo-Saxon Suffixes 

ar, ard, yer, ster, er = one who, the agent or doer; dom — 

state of being; ship = shape or condition. 

beg'gar spin'ster wis'dom lord'ship ' 

drunk'ard gangster free'dom friendship 

law'yer Web'ster king'dom la'dy ship 

The suffix er is used mostly with nouns, signifying one 
who, and to form the comparative of adjectives. In the 
latter sense it means more. Write these words, and mark 
them completely. 


FIFTH COURSE 


145 


i'tem 
cash ier' 
book'keep er 
dry'goods 
man u fac'ture 


494. Business Words 

clerk 
bank'er 
mer'chan dise 
trans'por ta'tion 
ac counts' 


con trac'tor 
cred'its 
deb'its 
ex change' 
as sign'ment 


Mark these words, and use each in a sentence. 


495. Dictionary Exercise 

be lief' (be lef') n. [ME., bileafe]. A state or habit of 
mind in which trust is placed in some person or thing. Con¬ 
fidence. 

bee'tie (be'tl) n. [AS., bitiila, from bitan, to bite]. An 
insect with four wings, the outer pair being stiff cases, cover¬ 
ing the inner wings when folded. 

be tween' (be twen') prep. [AS., be, by + twa, two]. In the 
space which separates. From one to another of two. 

syl lab'i fy (si lab'i fl) v. [L. syllaba, syllable + fy]* To 
form or divide into syllables. 

Write derivations and define these words: 

be tray' bil'ious blar'ney bloom'er 

blun'der blush bob'bin bos'om 


vol'ume 
pref'ace 
ti'tle page 
chap'ter 
dis course' 
trea'tise 


496. Among Books and Authors 


Sir Walter Scott 

'‘Rob Roy” 

“ Marmion” 
“Woodstock” 
“Ivanhoe” 
“Kenilworth” 


Washington Irving 

“Sleepy Hollow” 
“Ichabod Crane” 
“Rip Van Winkle” 
“Sketch Book” 
“Alhambra” 


Mark words in first column; pronounce them, and use 
each in a sentence. 


146 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


497 


gos'sa mer 
o'ver coat 
gar'den 
wheat'field 


em broid'er 
sir'loin 
por'ter house 
gas'me ter 


e lec tric'i ty 
sweet'pickles 
home'stead 
ward'robe 


clothesline 

sur'geon 

black'smith 

night'latch 


Mark these words completely. 


498 Peculiar Plurals 


Singular 

Plural 

W f'-J 

ax is 

ax'es 

ba'sis 

ba'ses 

cac'tus 

cac'ti 

fo'cus 

fo'gl 


Singular 

ter'mi nus 

* 

stratum 
ver'te bra 
mem 6 ran'dum 


Plural 

ter'mi m 
stra'ta 
ver'te brae 
mem 6 ran'da 

A 


Use each of these words in a sentence. 


Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 


499 


mantlepiece 

greyhound 

innocence 

interfered 

cemetery 

audience 

bodyguard 

wildwood 

bloodshot 

crouched 

bypath 

recollection 

tournament 

testimony 

untimely 

oftentimes 

horsemanship 

judgment 

denounce 

threadbare 

countless 

declension 

eked 

shovel 

quagmire 

rampant 

atom 

noisily 

chivalry 

phosphorus 

javelin 

retina 


Write the correct spelling of words you have misspelled 
in the last twenty exercises, and mark and pronounce them. 

Write, syllabify, and mark the words in exercises 499 and 
500. 


FIFTH COURSE 


147 


500 


goblet 

saucepan 

tremulous 

livid 

poised 

attired 

simmer 

particular 

emblem 

yearned 

procession 

supposition 

exquisite 

luxurious 

ensued 

achieved 

\ 

dairy 

exalted 

incredible 

weight 

diary 

officious 

universal 

quantity 

wrought 

whipcord 

sufficient 

hearsay 

glimpses 

premature 

calmly 

reechoed 


Observe: In the word re-echoed the dots above the second 
e indicate that this vowel and the one preceding it are 
sounded separately. This mark is called di aer'e sis. It is 
used in such words as zo ol'o gy, pre em'i nent, and many 
others. 

501. Dictation 


Less than one-third of the words in English dictionaries 
are of Anglo-Saxon origin. In the following quotation from 
Shakespeare, words in italics are not Anglo-Saxon; the others 
are. This indicates the great preponderance of Anglo-Saxon 
in general usage. 

“All the world’s a stage, 

And all the men and women merely players. 

They have their exits and their entrances, 

And one man in his time plays many parts.” 


How many words 
are Anglo-Saxon? 

black'board 
play'ground 
base'ball 
ven'ti late 
grad'u ate 

Mark these words 


in this quotation? 

502 

phys i ol'o gy 
his to'ri an 
math e mat'ics 
re cess'es 
in struc'tion 

completely, and u 


How many of them 

lon'gi tude 
lat'i tude 
col'lege 
u ni ver'si ty 
de port'ment 

each in a sentence. 


148 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


503. Anglo-Saxon Prefixes 


out = beyond; over = above; un = not, reverse; under = 
beneath; with = against. 


out do' 
outlaw 
out run' 
out side' 


over hang' 
over flow' 
over turn' 
over see' 


un told' 
un learned' 
un skilled' 
un known' 


un der mine' 
un der pin' 
with stand' 
with draw' 


Mark and pronounce these words. Define each and use 
it in a sentence. 


504. Words of Anglo-Saxon and French Origin 


Anglo-Saxon 


be tween' 
un horse' 
time'ly 
homely 


fickle 

freak 

sheepish 

hun'gry 


French 


blouse 

clique 

mor'tise 

bob'bin 


cha grin' 
ca price' 
bur lesque' 
chan de lier' 


Mark these words and use each in a sentence. 


505. Dictionary Exercise 

cap'il la ry (kap'i la n), a. or n. [L. capillus, a hair]. 
Very slender, resembling a hair. A small tube or vessel. 

car'bon (kar'bon) n. [L. carbo, coal]. An elementary 
substance found largely in coal, and in all organic compounds. 
The diamond is pure carbon. 

chin'ca pin, or chin'ka pin (chin'ka pin) n. [Amer. Ind., 
chinquapin]. The dwarf chestnut tree; also its nut. 

Mark, pronounce, write derivations, and define the follow¬ 
ing words: 

cap'i tal cap'i tol chip'munk chiv'al ly 

chron'i cle chut'ney chig're chime 


FIFTH COURSE 


149 


506. Phonic Review: Voiced Consonants 

How many distinct sounds are there in the English 
language? 

How many of them are vowels? What letters express 
these vowel sounds? 

Fifteen of the forty-four sounds are voiced consonant 
sounds. Sound each of these voiced consonants, and find 
words containing them. 


507 


Use the dictionary, and supply missing letters in these 
words: 


sta_r'way 
por't_ co 
wind'mill 
lawn'mo_ 


im por't_nt 
nos'tr_] 
grape'vine 
sep a ra'tor 


drive'way ob served' 

al'm_ nac plant'ed 

wash'er worn an re pa_r'ing 
c/pen ing in sur'_nce 


Mark these words completely. Spell the plural forms of 
the nouns. 


508. Homonyms 

“Though he slay me, yet will I trust him.” 

Tinkling sleigh bells ring merrily. 

Wash the clothes and wring them dry. 

We need no throne , for we have no king. 

The wrestler was thrown to his knees. 

Write sentences containing six other homonyms. 

509. Proper Names 

1. Write the names in full of the Senators and Repre¬ 
sentatives in Congress from your state. 

2. Write the names of the state officers in your state. 

3. Write the names of your county officers. 

4. Write the names of the school officers in your district. 


150 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


510. Review 

Spell the following words orally, giving the name of the 
sounded vowel in the accented syllable. Thus: “persecute; 
accent on first syllable, tilde e, e.” 


persecute 

doubtless 

bridesmaids 

dutiful 

revile 

immense 

plentiful 

enormous 

exceeding 

coinage 

strangely 

diligent 

salaries 

exclusive 

waistcoat 

sojourner 

quartet 

remembrance 

schedule 

strategy 

quinine 

republic 

scrupulous 

sufficient 

rancid 

resignation 

scrutiny 

superfluous 

rebellion 

retrieving 

sculpture 

symmetry 


511. Dictation: Memory Gem 

We, the people of the United States, in order 
to form a more perfect union, establish justice, 
insure domestic tranquillity, provide for the 
common defense, promote the general welfare, and 
secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and 
our posterity, do ordain and establish this 
Constitution for the United States of America. 

— Preamble to the Constitution. 


512 

Use the dictionary, and supply missing letters in these 
words: 


ap _li ca'tion 
prin'c_ p_l 
ex am _ na'tion 
ad'verb 
par't_ ci pie 


prep _ si'tion 
con junction 
in te_ jec'tion 
trail's— tive 
ir reg'_ lar 


in dic'_ tive 
nom'_ na tive 
po_ ses'sive 
ob jec_'ive 
de clar'— tive 


Mark these words completely. 

Form the plurals of words in columns one and two. 
Repeat the rule of spelling that applies to them. 


FIFTH COURSE 


151 


513. Anglo-Saxon Suffixes 

en = made of. Used to change nouns to adjectives, 
ful = full of, an adjective termination, 
like and ly = like. 

gold'en truth'ful Christ'like man'ly 

earth'en forceful war'like wom'an ly 

wood'en graceful life'like homely 

From what root-words do these derivatives come? Mark 
these words and use each in a sentence. 


514. Business Words 


pay'ment 
com'pa ny 
cor po ra'tion 
firm 


part'ner 
ex press' 
freight 
collect' 


de liv'er y 
stock'hold er 
re ceiv'a ble 
pay'a ble 


pro'test 
prom'is so ry 
in'voice 
pay'roll 


Mark these words, and use each in a sentence. 


515. Dictionary Exercise 

de gen'er ate (de jen'er at) a. [L. degenerare , to fall below 
one’s family]. To become worse, or lower, than one’s orig¬ 
inal type. 

denial (denial) a. [L. dens, tooth]. Pertaining to the 
teeth, or to dentistry. 

eu'logy (u'16 ji) n. [Gr., well speaking]. An oration or 
writing in praise of a person, usually of one deceased. 

frit'ter (frit'er) n. [F . friture frying]. A small quantity of 

batter, fried in fat. 

Mark, pronounce and write the derivations, and define the 
following words: 

de grade' del'i cate de lin'e ate de mur' 

den'tist Der'by de plore' di vert' 


152 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


516. Among Books and Authors 


James Fennimore Cooper 

‘'Last of the Mohicans” 
“The Pilot” 

“The Spy” 

Louisa M. Aicott 
“Joe’s Boys” 

“Little Men” 

“Little Women” 


Charles Dickens 

“Pickwick Papers” 
“David Copper field” 
“Martin Chuzzlewit” 
“Dombey and Son” 
“Nicholas Nickleby” 
“Tale of Two Cities” 
“American Notes” 


517. Diseases 

Use the dictionary and supply missing letters in these words. 
Mark words completely. 


cro_p 

chol'_r a 

lum ba'go 

ty phoid' 

drop'_y 

pleu'r_ sy 

in flu en'za 

pn_u mo'ni a 

ast—'ma 

ma la'ri _ 

pa ral'_ sis 

ep'_ lep sy 

me_'sles 

d_s pep'si a 

d_ph the'ri a 

ap pen'd_ ci'tis 

ca ta_rh' 

rh_u'ma tism 

ap'o plex y 

er'_ sip'_ las 


518. Troublesome Suffixes 


de fl'ant 

ra'di ant 

dif'/i dent 

con sist'ent 

com pll'anl 

t ab'sti nent 

m'do lent 

dll'! gent 

lm por'tant co her'ent 

com pla'gent prev'a lent 

arVo gant 

corr/pe tent c5n cur'rent 

rel'e vant 


In these words ant and ent are adjective suffixes, meaning 
doing so and so (like the English suffix ing). Change final t in 
these words to ce. What is the meaning of the word thus 
formed? 

Supplementary Exercises 

1. Write six other words ending in ant, and six ending 
in ent, and use each in a sentence. 

2. Write three words that are spelled according to Rule 
IV, three spelled according to Rule V, and three according 
to Rule VI. 


FIFTH COURSE 


153 


519. Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 


Use the dictionary, and syllabify, mark and 
following words: 

pronounce the 

doughnuts 

laurels 

barley 

definite 

dainties 

versions 

casement 

eventful 

counsel 

haunts 

uplands 

evidently 

curdled 

trebles 

weariness 

ominous 

stubborn 

taunted 

crimson 

symptom 

withes 

forbade 

furnished 

i 

tantalizing 

woolly 

draught 

wholly 

deriving 

hitherto 

eddying 

balcony 

consumption 

pitiless 

• sunbeam 

gallery 

compensation 

sallied 

wilderness 

gleaming 

mournful 

piracy 

recognize 

rivalry 

serenity 

plenteous 

recommend 

sagacity 

signature 

prejudice 

recruiting 

salmon 

similar 

proficient 

referee 

sanitary 

skeptical 


520 

1. Write correctly all words you misspelled in the last ten 
exercises. Mark them completely and use each in a sentence. 

2. Write, in sentences, ten words suggested by words in 
exercise 519. 


521. Dictation: Memory Gem 

“Only such as keep in storage 
Goodly bins from Summer forage, 

May the barren days defy; 

For the dreamy thing that lingers 
With the blossom in its fingers, 

When the Winter comes, may die.” 

— Henry T. Stanton. 

• . 

Mark first and last word in each line. Define barren , 
storage, forage. 


154 

MANUAL 

OF SPELLING 



522. Singular Nouns Ending with 

y 

policy 

destiny 

geography 

quality 

energy 

balcony 

geology 

missionary 

entry 

property 

zoology 

facility 

oddity 

certainty 

autocracy 

ability 

industry 

physiology 

monarchy 

responsibility 


Write the plural of these words, syllabify them, mark 
them completely, and use each in a sentence. 

What rule applies to the spelling of these plurals? Repeat it. 


Prefix Meaning 


a 

ab > 
abs 

ad ’ 

ac 

af 

ag 

al 

am [ 

an 

ap 

ar 

as 

at „ 


off, away 


to 


523. Latin Prefixes 


Uses Definitions 


a vert' 

to turn away .. 

1 ab duct' 

to lead away. 

ab solve' 

to loosen (and send) away. 

ab stain' 

to keep (oneself) away. 

ad here' 

to stick to. 

ac cede' 

to yield to. 

af fix' 

to attach to. 

ag grieve' 

to give sadness to. 

ally' 

to bind to. 

* am mu ni'tion 

protection to. 

an nex' 

to tie to. 

ap pend' 

to hang to. 

ar range' 

to put in to ranks. 

as sent' 

to give one’s feelings to. 

,at tend' 

to stretch (one’s mind) to. 


524. 

From French 

Foreign Words 

From Spanish 

deign 

par quet 

ci gar 

flo til la 

a dieu 

cro chet 

las so 

va nil la 

col league 

de pot 

cor ral 

em bar go 

et i quette 

bru nette 

bro cade 

mu lat to 

cro quet 

co quette 

cinch 

des per a do 


Mark these words, and use each in a sentence. 













FIFTH COURSE 


155 


525. Dictionary Exercise 

e iac'u late (e jak'u lilt) v. t. [L. e-jaculari, to throw out]. 
To throw out suddenly, as an exclamation. 

el'o quent (el'o kwent) a. [L. e-loqui, to speak out]. The 
quality of speaking freely and with persuasiveness. 

Mark, pronounce, write the derivations, and define the 
following words: 

e lapse' e lect' el'e ment el o cu'tion 

em'a nate em'is sa xy en core' eq'ui ty 

aq'ue duct vi'a duct lev'ee lev ee' 

526. Phonic Review: Unvoiced Consonants 

There are nine whispered or unvoiced consonants. Write 
and sound them. What ones are marked? What equiva¬ 
lents are there? 

How many vowel sounds are there? Sound them. 

How many voiced consonant sounds are there? Sound them. 


527. Words from Native American Languages 


maize 

ca noe' 

po ta'to 

rac coon' 

moose 

pu'ma 

to bac'co 

moc'ca sin 

squaw 

tom'a hawk 

choc'o late 

o pos'sum 

skunk 

wig'wam 

hur'ri cane 

can'ni bal 


Mark these words completely. Sound the vowels and the 
voiced and unvoiced consonants in them. 


528. British and American Synonyms 


Z' - 

American 

British 

r 

American 

British 

sid'ing 

turn'out 

freight'train 

goods'train 

bag'gage 

lug'gage 

en gi neer' 

driv'er 

street'car 

tram 

waist 

bod'ice 

fire'man 

sto'ker 

o'ver coat 

top'coat 

con duc'tor 

guard 

o'ver shoes 

ga losh'es 

Complete the marking of these 

words. 







156 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


Bee't/io ven 
Bon he ur' 
Brugc 
Cor'tez 


529. Proper Names 

Dii'az (z = th) Mon te zu'ma 

Drake Ra'lei gh 

Ho ra'tius Ran'dolph 

Ma gel'Zan Mon'mouth 

r\ O r\ 


Wal^age 
May'flow er 
Pil'grims 
Plym'outh 


530. Review of Rules of Spelling 

Write two words spelled according to each of Rules I, II, 
III, IV, V, and VI. 

Change each of these words to its simpler form. 


531. Dictation Exercise 

One should modestly pursue his course. Refinement 
forbids coarse conduct at any time. 

The ewe and her lamb lay in the shade of the yew tree. 
Vice, when practiced long, becomes a habit which holds 
the person who has indulged it like a vise. 


532. School Life 

Use dictionary and supply missing letters in these words. 


tran's_ tive 
in dic'_ tive 
sub jun_'tive 
com par'_ tive 
su per'l_ tive 


con j_ ga'tion 
mod'i f_ ca'tion 
spi'r_l 
ob liq_e' 
par'a_ lei 


tri'an _le 
di ag'o nal 
di am'e ter 
hor i zon'tal 
per pen dic'u lar 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 

533. Latin Noun Suffixes 


The suffixes on the following words, borrowed from Latin, 
mean the person who or the thing which does something. 

his to ri an com ba tant mis sion a ry res i dent . 

Write, mark and define each of these words. 

Attach one of these suffixes to each of the following words: 

vision comedy preside confide 

tribute tragedy solve appeal 


FIFTH COURSE 


157 


534. Foreign Words 


Scandinavian 

_A._ 


Dutch 

gale 

snipe 

/* -- 

sloop 

der'nck 

by'-law§ 

smile 

toy 

ca boose' 

r\ 

jag'fifed 

gear 

spool 

hol'ster 

booth 

rem'deer 

tai too' 

trick 

smuggle 

rig'ma role 

frol'ic 

clink'er 


Note: The Scandinavians are the people of Denmark, 
Norway, and Sweden. They also occupy Iceland. Their 
language is much like Old English, and it is often hard to 
tell whether a word is English or Scandinavian. 

Where are the Scandinavian lands? 


535. Dictionary Exercise 

feeze (fez) v. t. [AS. fesian]. To frighten or worry, 
fer'vent (fur'vent) a. [L. fervere , to be hot]. Glowing; 
warm in feeling; zealous. 


Write the derivations and definitions of the following 


words: 

% 



fel'on 

fe'mur 

fid'dle 

fin'ish 

fos'ter 

func'tion 

fur'row 

fu'sion 

lev'y 

fer'tile 

chute 

slea'sy 


536. Among Books and Authors 



Nathaniel Hawthorne 

“Twice Told Tales” 

“The Scarlet Letter 

Henry Wadsworth Longfellow 

“Evangeline” 

“Hiawatha” 

Henry T. Stanton 

“The Moneyless Man” 


William Shakespeare 

Midsummer Night's Dream 
As You Like It” 

King Lear” 

Henry the Eighth” 

Hamlet” 

Macbeth” 

The Merchant of Venice” 






158 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


537. Relating to Government 

Use dictionary and supply missing letters in these words: 
sen'— tor leg is la'ture post'mas t_r re pub'l— can 

tar'if— con'_ress ju di'ci _ ly co_rt'house 

hi_h'way pres'_ dent in au'g_ ra'tion cit'_ zen ship 

hos'p_1_l cab'_ net de moc'r_ cy am bas'_a d_r 

Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 

What kinds of words are they with reference to number 
of syllables? 


538. Words Spelled Alike — Pronounced Differently 


/■ — 

-N 

r 

-K 

N 

✓-^ 

*s 

bass 

bass 

mow 

mow 

rise 

rlge 

bow 

bow 

tear 

tear 

row 

row 

close 

close 

live 

live 

wind 

wind 

house 

house 

lead 

lead 

wound 

wound 


Pronounce these words and use each in a sentence. 


Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 
539 

Consult the dictionary, and syllabify, mark, and pronounce 
the words in this exercise and exercise 540. 


moisture 

inquiry 

disturbed 

introduced 

unceasing 

generally 

behavior 

distinguished 

tumultuous 

chronicles 

vagrants 

splendor 

swollen 

incidents 

enabled 

summit 

perceptible 

disguise 

scuffle 

experience 

connection 

transported 

bondsman 

narrative 

inundation 

considerable 

gratified 

sentiment 

opportunity 

insolently 

proprietor 

intermingle 

illustrations 

sentinel 

assistance 

pitiable 

astonishment 

admittance 

offense 

separating 

Write and mark the words you misspelled 

in the last twenty 


exercises. 









FIFTH 

COURSE 

159 


540 


league 

stirrup 

vague 

hollyhock 

cleave 

minstrel 

breaking 

phlox 

screech 

scissors 

parade 

honeysuckle 

squeeze 

zigzag 

grandeur 

crocus 

melody 

squirm 

detached 

orchid 

specimen 

girded 

harness 

molting 

telephone 

swirling 

garment 

brooding 

kernel 

irksome 

laundry 

swooped 

hermit 

sleight 

masses 

adorn 

erring 

divine 

sprawling 

thorough 

earnest 

fatigued 

taunted 

wolverene 

weapon 

caprice 

prayer 

nothing 

mileage 

mistletoe 

orthoepy 

perjure 

militate 

opportunity 

orthography 

perpetuate 

millionaire 

orchestra 

peninsula 

persevere 


541. Dictation - 

— Memory Gems 



“For manners are not idle, but the fruit 
Of loyal nature, and of noble mind.” 

— Alfred Tennyson. 


“Manners are the ornament of action .”—Samuel Smiles. 

“I thank you” and “If you please” bespeak 
gentle manners and refinement. 


542. In Geography and History 


Bern 

Cas'pi an 

Cab'ot 

rs 

Car tier' 

TUidne 

Sar dm'i a 

r\ 

La Sa Me! 

Cham plain' 

Gen'o a 

Pyr'e nee§ 

Far'ra gut 

Mar qwette' 

Ven'ige 

Cai/ca sus 

Bur goyne' 

O'gle thorpe 

Seine 

Cor'si ca 

La fa yette' 

Jo li et f (j = zh) 


160 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


543. Latin Prefixes 

ante, anti, pre = before. 


ainb, am 1 7 

. . > = around. 

circum, circu J 

am'pu tate = to cut around; 
am bi'tion = going around; 
cir'ciim nav'i gate = to sail 
around; 

cir'cuit = journey around; 


bis, bi = two or twice. 

an'te ged'ent = going before; 
an tig 1 pate = to grasp before 
hand; 

pre gede' = to go before; 
bi'ped = two footed; 
bis'ciut = twice cooked. 


cir'cum'fer enge = a line car¬ 
ried around. 

Use each of these words in a sentence. 


544. Foreign Words of Similar Meanings 


Of English 

Of French 

Used in 

Used in 

Origin 

Origin 

England 

America 

fod'der 

for'age 

waist'coat 

vest 

wom'en (warn) 

dameg 

a're a 

r\ 

yard 

rough 

brusque 

shunt'ing 

swUch'ing 

la'dy 

mis'tress 

lift 

el'e va tor 

old 

an t'ique' 

frock 

dress 


545. Dictionary Exercise 

gam'brel (gam'brel) n. [OF. gamberel, a crooked stick used 
by butchers; fr. gambe , leg]. The hock of an animal. The 
stick used by butchers to support a dead animal hung up by 
the hocks, while it is being dressed. 

hei'nous (ha/nus) a. [OF. hainos , hateful. German 
origin]. Hateful, arousing disgust and horror. 

In like manner, pronounce, and give derivations and defini¬ 
tions of the following words: 

gen'der ghost 

hasp hinge 

jet'ties ske dad'dle 


gla di'o lus 

hoe'cake 

fire'proof 


gre nade' 
hon'est 
di rec'to ry 






FIFTH COURSE 


161 


546. Phonic Review 


Italian a 

Medial a 

Flat a 

6( = a) 

ant arc'tic 

blanching 

par'ents 

where'fore 

lar'board 

casting 

re pairing 

/lefr'lobm 

gar'b age 

fast'ed 

bare'foot 

therefore 

bar gain 

mas sive 

rare ly 

e’er 

mar ma lade 

a ghast 

par ing 

ne’er 


In what words are there obscure vowels? 

What modified long vowels are there in these words? 
Sound vowels in accented syllables. 

Complete the markings of these words. 


railway 
eye'sight 
day'break 
else'where 
head'ache 


547. Compound Words 


in as much' 
witch'-ha'zel 
black'board 
look'ing-glass 
head'quarters 


self-con'scious 
nev'er the less' 
not'with stand'ing 
o ver awe' 
clothes'horse 


In compound words of common use, the hyphen is often 
omitted. 

Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


548. Synonyms from Anglo-Saxon and Latin 


Anglo-Saxon 

Stiff 

knave 

yearly 

drink 

walk'er 


Latin 

rig'id 
villain 
an'nu al 
im bibe' 
pe des'tri an 


Anglo-Saxon 

steal 

glow'ing 

shrewd 

starved 

wise 


Latin 

pur loin' 
fer'vent 
sa ga'cious 
fam'ished 
pru'dent 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


162 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


649. Proper Names 


Ar'a gon Co \ogne' 

Bar'ge lo'na Col 1 se'um 
Bor'ne o Dev'on shire 

Bur'gun dy Flan'ders 
Cas tile' Get'^yg burg 


Ja'va 
Su ma'tra 

• r\ 

T/iame§ (a=e) 
Tus'c a ny 
Val pa ral'so 


Ve su'vi us 
Vi en'na 
West'mm ster 
Pom pe'ii 
Por'tu gal 


550 

Write, mark and pronounce ten words that are names of 
mountains, rivers, or cities in your State. 

Write five words in which ti has the sound of sh, and five 
in which ci has that sound. 


551. Dictation 

Howe’er it be, it seems to me 
’Tis only noble to be good; 

Kind hearts are more than coronets, 

And simple faith than Norman blood. 

— Tennyson. 

Note: What is the meaning of coronet? 

“Norman blood” refers to the people from Normandy, in 
France, who conquered England under William the Con- 
querer, in 1066 A. D. Hence Norman blood means the blood , 
or family, of conquerors. 


552 


Use dictionary, and supply missing letters in these words: 


a cros'tic 
cha rade' 

dil'_gence 

hid'_ous 

lu'n_ cy 


ap'_r ture 
cc r i do'l_nce 
dis'ci pline 
hos't_ge 
mat _ nee' 


bar ba'r_ an 
con'st_ ble 
gas'e ous 
loath'some 
mul'ti tude 


cam'e o 
des'_ crate 
glob'ule 
lu'cr_ tive 
nu'tr_ ment 


Mark these words completely, pronounce them, and use 
each in a sentence. 


FIFTH COURSE 


163 


553. Latin Suffixes 


acy, ance, ence, ice, ine,^ 
ion, ity, ment, mony, sion, ► 
sure, tion, tude, ture, y 


= state, condition , quality, or act of. 


pri'va cy 
nur'ture 
el'e gance 
presence 


pressure 
se cu'ri ty 
ex cite'ment 
tes'ti mo ny 


for'ti tude 
de par'ture 
cor rup'tion 
ex ten'sion 


un'ion 
med'i cine 
ser'vice 
mem'o ly 


Write other words you know having the above suffixes. 
Mark the words above, and those you write, and use each 
in a sentence. 


554. Words Used in Business 

Use dictionary and supply missing letters in these words: 


ac kno_l'edg 

ment as si_n e_' 

ex chang_ 

/ cer'ti fi__d 

af _i da'vit 

attach'm_nt bo'n_s 

char't_r 

a gre_/ment 

au'd_t 

bro'k_r 

col lat'_r al 

ap pra_se' 

av'—j* _ge 

cap'i t_l 

co_ mis'_ion 

ar'b_ trate 

bank'rup_ 

cart'_ge 

com —er'c—al 


Mark these words and use each in a sentence. 


555. Dictionary Exercise 

ig nite' (lg nit') v. t. [L. ignire , to make a fire, fr. ignis 
fire]. To kindle, or begin to burn. 

kotow' (kotow') v.i. ‘[Chinese, to knock the head]. To 
kneel and knock the forehead on the ground or floor in sub¬ 
mission, or worship. 

In like manner, write, mark, pronounce, give derivations, 
and define the following words: 

cam ou flage' ker'nel ku'klux kid'nap 

per'ju ly be hooves' pes'ti lence scourge 



164 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


556. Phonic Review 


a 

squad'ron 
quad'rant 
yac/it'ing 
wan'ton 
quad'ru ped 


o 

fron'tzer 
pros'per ous 
con'qwer 
com'plex 
om'ni bus 


a 

•• 

hal'ter 
bawl'mg 
fal'si fy 
al'ma nac 
as sault'ed 


mortgage 
es cort'ed 
ab horred' 
horse'pow er 
Norse'men 


Pronounce these words, complete marking them, and use 
each in a sentence. 

In what words above are there equivalent vowels? Sound 
them. 

Name and sound a, o, a, 6 , e, 6 , e, u, e, a, a. 

Sound ph, g, gh, p, f, g, c, n, x, 9 , j, b, tu, du. 


557 

Use dictionary and supply missing letters in these words: 


dis'cord 
pre tens_' 
ex ploit' 
ro manc_' 
mus tach_' 
pl_ teau' 


fi'-ry 

or'd_ na ly 

rev 7 —! ly 

cem'_ t_r y 

"d 

0 

u 

val'u _ ble 

nov'_l ty 

dan'd_ li on 

om'_ let 

tem'p_r a ture 

sin'g_ lar 

gen'_r a_ ly 


What words above are polysyllables? What kind of words, 
as to number of syllables, are those in the second column? 
In the first column? What word contains a triphthong? 


558. Simplified Spelling 


though 

tho 

pro'gramme 

pro'gram 

al though' 

al tho' 

pro'logne 

pro'log 

through 

thru 

dem'a gog ue 

dem'a gog 

thorough 

thor'o 

ped'a gog ue 

ped'a gog 

through out' 

thru out' 

cat'a log ue 

cat'a log 

syr'up 

sir up 

plough 

plow 


FIFTH COURSE 


165 


Pronouncing and Spelling Tests 

559 


Transylvania 

dishonored 

ewes 

inquiry 

avalanche 

doughty 

ferule 

intrepid 

bullion 

draughtsman 

forbade 

museum 

calmly 

erased 

frontier 

orchestra 

demonstrate 

exalted 

glacier 

pommel 

discontent 

exhibit 

heresy 

respite 

Write the words in this and 

the next exercise, syllabify 

them, mark the accent, silent letters, vowels and consonants, 

and pronounce 

each word. 




560 



alternate 

courtesy 

fagot 

leisure 

apparatus 

deafening 

ferocious 

menaced 

archbishop 

demon 

gala 

obeisance 

architecture 

ducats 

general 

opponent 

area 

edifice 

gladiator 

pageant 

barbaric 

etiquette 

heather 

pastry 

brocade 

epoch 

heyday 

patron 

buoyancy 

exigency 

homage 

primeval 

cathedral 

extraordinary 

industry 

pumice 


Write correctly the words you misspelled in the last 
twenty exercises, and use each in a sentence. 


561. Dictation: Homonyms 

He is a minor, and therefore is not old enough to vote; 
but he is as good a miner of coal as any one. 

It seemed a wonderful feat for the man to beat the drum 
with his feet. 

The mountain streams teem with fish. A six-mule team is 
not often seen. 

Write in sentences six other homonyms. 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


166 


cam paign 
en'e my 
com'pa ny 
ser'geant 
com mand'er 
cab'i net 
de moc'ra cy 


562 

es'cort 
vol un teer' 
lieu ten'ant 
en coun'ter 
ex plo'sive 
trea'ty 
suffrage 


dec la ra'tion 
con sti tu'tion 
in de pend'ence 
for'ti fi ca'tion 
ad min'is tra'tion 
gov'ern ment 
rep're sent'a tive 


Mark these words, pronounce them, and use each in a 
sentence. 


563. Anglo-Saxon and Latin Synonyms 


Anglo-Saxon Latin 

un der stand' per ceive' 
bow o bei'sance 

end ter'mi nus 

hides pelts 

good ex'cel lent 


Anglo-Saxon 

boy'ish 
fa'ther ly 
moth'er ly 
broth'er ly 
fore'fa ther 


Latin 

pu'er ile 
pa ter'nal 
ma ter'nal 
fra ter'nal 
an'ces tor 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


564. Words from Foreign Languages 
Italian Spanish 


ban'dit 

stu'di 6 . 

lar'i at 

g uer ril'la 

vis'ta 

breve 

gran dee' 

des per a'do 

mot 'to 

quo'ta 

ar ma'da 

r\ 

bra va'do 

fres'co 

stuc'co 

me ri'no 

si er'ra 

r*\ 

cam'e 6 

cu'po la 

man til'Za 

fan dan'go • 

pi az'^a 

por'ti co 

am bus cade' 

me'sa 

— r\ 

Write 

sentences containing 

each of the 

words in this 


exercise. 

Use synonyms of as many of these words as you can. 










FIFTH COURSE 


167 


565. Dictionary Exercise 

lang syne' (lang sin') adv. and n. [Scottish lang, long -f 
syne, since]. Long ago. 

mil'li ner (mil'i ner) n. [F. Milaner, an inhabitant of 
Milan, an Italian city in which women's finery, especially 
headdresses, were extensively made]. A person who makes, 
trims, or buys and sells hats, bonnets, etc., for women. 

In like manner, write, mark, pronounce, give derivations, 
and define the following words: 


lan'guage 

lan'tern 

lapse 

leav'en 

ini nute' 

mir'a cle 

mis'chief 

mug'wump 

fos'sils 

ef'fi gy 

ath let'ic 

su'i cide 

566. 

Phonic Review: 

Various Vowel 

Sounds 

u §urp' 

sluggard 

co lo'ni al 

an'cient 

ON 

bur'lap 

can'dor 

de fl'ant 

syr'inge 

wor'ship er 

gyp'sum 

awe'some 

• • Ok 

ll'bra ry 

glrd'er 

ex emp'tion 

gen'surc 

in'te gral 

or'a tor 

r\ 

com'ple ment 

i pres'sure 

con strue' 

Sound: 6, 

u, i, u, e, 6, 9 , y, 

c, e, e, a, u, ci 

and ti. 

What modified long sounds 

are there in these words? 

What obscure sounds? What words contain equivalents? 


567 


Use dictionary and supply ] 

missing letters 

in these words: 

en am'_I 

in hab'_t 

pi'r_te 

um'pir_ 

in her'_t 

em bel'—ish 

jo cos_' 

quag'mir_ 

fan tas'tic 

in co_ rect' 

re duc_' 

mul't_ tude 

dis sect'—d 

dis gust'ing 

de gre_' 

pu'g_l ist 

clas'sic _1 

em bl_m at'ic 

prim'_ tive 

me'd_ um 

Sound the 

accented vowels 

in columns 1 

and 2. In col- 


umns 3 and 4. Sound the vowels in unaccented syllables. 
Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


168 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


568. Synonyms from Anglo-Saxon and Latin 


Anglo-Saxon 

death 

ha'tred 

winding 

friend'ly 

king'ly 


Latin 

de cease' 
en'mi ty 
tor'tu ous 
am'i ca ble 
roy'al 


Anglo-Saxon 

draw 

like'ness 

freak'ish 

green'ness 

inn 


Latin 

de lin'e ate 
si mil'i tude 
ca pri'cious 
ver'dure 
ho tel' 


Mark these words completely and use one of each pair of 
synonyms in a sentence. 


569. Presidents of the United States 


George Washington 
John Adams 
Thomas Jefferson 
James Madison 
James Monroe 
John Quincy Adams 


Andrew Jackson 
Martin Van Buren 
William H. Harrison 
John Tyler 
James K. Polk 
Zachary Taylor 


What cities or counties in your state are named for any 
of these men? 

In what state did each of these men live? 

Tell something about each of them. 


570. Plurals 


Write the plural form of each of the 

following: 


ag gres'sion 

ac ces'so ly 

car'go 

thief 

ar'gu ment 

cap'il la ly 

em bar'go 

leaf 

do min'ion 

in qui'ry 

re search' 

shelf 

kid'nap er 

com'mis sa ry 

sur'tax 

knife 

knap'sack 

li a bil'i ty 

adz 

w r olf 


Give the Rules for forming the plurals of these words. 






FIFTH COURSE 


169 


571. Dictation: The Creed of an American Citizen 

I believe in God, the eternal arbiter of all things. 

I believe in our country, in our government, 
in our President, and in our flag — the unsul¬ 
lied emblem of truth, justice, and honor. 

I believe in the American home as the bul¬ 
wark of American liberty. 

I believe in a loyalty and a patriotism that 
knows no allegiance to any land save that 
which protects my life, vouchsafes my liberty, 
and exalts my home. 

— Adapted from W. P. King. 


572 


Write the plurals of the following words, mark them, and 
give Rules for spelling them: 


hue 

plat'form 

tro'phy 

ab'seess 

pier 

rev'erie 

in'ju ly 

parish 

helm 

hos'pi tal 

can'o py 

for'tress 

lyre 

u ten'sil 

gal'ler y 

trellis 

ter'race 

cov'er let 

prom'on to ly 

genius 


573. Latin Prefixes and Derivatives 


sub, sue, suf, sug, sum, 
sup, sus = up, under, after. 

sub scribe' ( scribere, to write) 
sue ceed' ( cedere, to go) 
suf'fer ( ferre , to bear) 
sug gest' ( gerere, to carry) 
sum'mon ( mone're, to warn) 
sup port' ( porta're , to carry) 
sus tain' ( tene're , to hold) 


super, sur = above or over. 
trans, tra = through, over , or 
beyond. 

super vise' (vide're, to see) 
super sti'tion (sta're, to stand) 
sur mise' ( mittere, to send) 
sur'plus (plus, more) 
sur pass' (F. passer, to pass) 
trans pose' (F. poser, to put) 
trav'erse (vertere, to turn) 

Mark 


What are the root-words of the above derivatives? 
the English words, and use each in a sentence. 


170 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


574. Business Terms 


Use dictionary, and supply missing letters in these words. 
Mark them, and use each in a sentence. 


com'pr_ mise 
con sid _r a'tion 
con'trac_ 
con vey'_nce 

counter f_it 

c_u pon' 


ere den't_als 
cur'_en cy 
dray'_ge 
de fal ca'tion 
de liv'_r y 
du'pl_ c_te 


de pos'_t 
de pre c_ a'tion 
dis'co_nt 
dis _on'_r 
div'_ den_ 
dou_t'ful 


575. Dictionary Exercise 

neu'tral (nu'tral) a. [L. neuter, neither; from ne, not,+ 
uter, which of the two]. Taking neither side in a quarrel. 

ob strep'er ous (ob strep'er us) a. [L. ob- strepere , to make 
a noise at]. Clamorous, noisy. 

Write derivations and define these words: 

nev er more' nice nig'gard ly noose 

ob verse' nei'ther oc ca'sion or'na ment 

mu'ti ny mar'tyr chap'lain in'do lent 

Mark these words completely, and use each in a Sentence. 


576. Among Books and Authors 


Edgar Allan Poe 

“The Raven” 

“Annabel Lee” 

James Lane Allen 

“Flute and Violin” 

“The Kentucky Cardinal” 
“The Choir Invisible” 
Theodore O’Hara 

“Bivouac of the Dead” 


Robert Burns 

“Tam O’Shanter” 
“A Man’s a Alan” 
John Milton 
“Paradise Lost” 
Geoffrey Chaucer 
“Canterbury Tales” 
Sir Thomas More 
“Utopia” 


FIFTH COURSE 


171 


577. Synonyms 


/— -- 

east'ern 

- N 

o ri en'tal 

s -—- 

man'date 

- V 

com mand' 

west'em 

oc ci den'tal 

ed'i fice 

build'ing 

fit'ful 

ir reg'u lar 

har'mo ny 

u'ni son 

mien 

man'ner 

use'ful ness 

u til'i ty) 

liege 

sov'er eign 

con ceal' 

se crete'' 

Mark these words completely. 

What words 

are synonyms? 

Name four or more words each of which is 

an antonym of 

some word in the above exercise. 




578. Rules of Spelling Applied 


To the following words add ed, ing, or some other suffix 

beginning with a vowel: 



a d lude' 

fas'gi nate 

de fer' 

sup ply' 

as sume' 

spec'u late 

pro pel' 

emp ty 

in cllne' 

con'gre gate 

be dim' 

de ny' 

in spire' 

rec'og nlze 

r\ O 

un stop' 

rec'ti fy 

de scribe' 

rec'on glle 

out wit' 

crii'gi fy 

State what rule applies to the spelling of each of the deriva- 

tives you form. 




Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 



579 



abhorrence 

categoiy 

facetious 

licorice 

abridgment 

changeable 

fallacy 

maintenance 

academy 

changing 

ferocity 

maneuver 

accessible 

deceitful 

handkerchief maritime 

acknowledgment defensible 

harangue 

miniature 

acquiescence deference 

emulate 

oculist 

admissible 

erroneous 

innuendo 

petrify 

calumny 

extenuate 

jeopardy 

pharmacy 

In this and the succeeding exercise, syllabify, mark com- 

pletely, and 

pronounce these words. 







172 

MANUAL 

OF SPELLING 




580 


aggregate 

ejaculation 

poultice 

stupefy 

allotted 

exonerate 

putrefy 

supersede 

apologize 

forfeiture 

ratification 

tenacity 

balloting 

grievance 

satellite 

tranquillity 

colonnade 

heinous 

scissors 

transferable 

counselor 

inveigle 

salable 

typically 

counterfeit 

liquefy 

solicitude 

vaccinate 

dilemma 

mucilage 

stationary 

vengeance 

discernible 

oscillate 

stationery 

volition 


Write correctly all words misspelled in the last ten exer¬ 
cises. 


581. Dictation: Homonyms 

His forte is designing parks, with fountains, 
roadways, playgrounds, and appropriately lo¬ 
cated shrubbery and trees; for he is a landscape 
architect. 

The strongest fort can not resist the great 
explosive shells which modern cannon use in 
warfare. 

Write sentences containing six other homonyms. 


582 


Use dictionary and supply missing letters in these words: 


reorganize 

reenforcing 

preem_nently 

coerc_on 

zooLgy 


navig_ble 

equ_noxes 

equ_tor_al 

mens_ration 

rectangle 


percent_ge 

declension 

avoird_pois 

membrane 

diaphr_gm 


cart_lege 

cut_cle 

thorax 

ret_na 

bronch_al 


What is the mark over the second vowel in words in first 
column? 

What is its use? (See exercise 500.) Syllabify, mark and 
pronounce these words. 


FIFTH COURSE 


173 


Latin Words Unchanged 
583 


ac'tor 

fu'ror 

clan'gor 

lan'guor 

cap'tor 

or'a tor 

hon'or 

nar ra'tor 

doc'tor 

sue ces'sor 

jan'i tor 

rig'or 

fac'tor 

ten'or 

liq'uor 

spon'sor 

rec'tor 

tu'mor 

mon'i tor 

vig'or 

In these words or = er. What other vowels 

have sounds 

like 6? Give examples. Mark 
words in sentences. 

i • 

584 

, pronounce, and use these 

ag'i ta tor 

fun'gus 

ros'trum 

tre'mor 

bo'nus 

glad'i a tor 

squal'or 

tor'por 

cal'a mus 

in'ter im 

sta'tus 

tu'tor 

con'sul 

o'men 

tes ta'tor 

stra'tum 

ed'u ca tor 

pros pec'tus 

trails la' tor 

vi'rus 


Mark, pronounce, and use these words in sentences. 


585. Dictionary Exercise 

pag'eant (paj'ent) n. [ME. pagent a movable stage, or the 
exhibition on it]. A theatrical exhibition, or an elaborate, 
showy procession. 

rep ar tee' (rep ar te') n. [F. repartir, to reply]. A clever, 
ready reply or retort. 

Write derivations and define these words: 

pa rade' par'a pet pawn pel lu'cid 

re port' res'er voir res'tau rant rid'i cule 

irn mor'tal gal'ley pars'ley pi'rate 


174 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


586. Phonic Review 


u = oo = o 


pru'dent 
ru'di ment, 
cru'gi ble 
con clu'sion 
fruitful 


goose'ber ry 
mov'a ble 
fes toon' 

! 

croup 
mon soon' 


U = 0 = 

• • 

00 

ful'/y 

wool'en§ 

wom'an hood 

• /~N 

hoop'pole 

pul'feyg 

hdbd'wink 

un bos'om 

wool'ly 

tun'dra 

soot'y 


Sound accented vowels and give their equivalents. Sound 
all marked consonants. Complete the marking of these 
words. 


587 


6 = ii 

•a m 

i = e 

e = a 

Tilde vowels 

won'ders 

Am 

rou tine' 

deign 

mer'ger 

con struc'tivc 

tu reen' 

dis dam' 

whlrl'pool 

dis cov'er y 

sar dine' 

reign 

world'ly 

re pul'sive 

com plete' 

rain 

Myr'tle 

wor'ri ment 

ob lique' 

rein 

scur'vy 

Tilde vowels 

a, e, I, 6 and y 

A 

— u. 



Sound and name vowels and voiced consonants in these 
words. 


Complete the marking of these words. 


588 


gha teau' 
dis com'fort 
dis cour'te ous 
dis a p prov'al 
pe cu li ar i ty 
tran'quil ize 


ed u ca'tion al 

an A^ 

rec om men da'tion 

AN 

mis pro nounged' 
in di vid'u al 

AN 

be hav'ior 
meas'ure ment 

AN 


brooch'e§ 

pos'ture 

blithe'some 

cup'board 

bwoy'ant 

per'ma nent 


Sound all marked vowels and consonants, pronounce each 
word, and use it in a sentence. Sound tu and du, and use 
words containing them. 


FIFTH COURSE 


175 


589. Presidents of the United States 


Mark and pronounce these names: 


Millard Filmore 
Franklin Pierce 
James Buchanan 
Abraham Lincoln 
Andrew Johnson 
Ulysses S. Grant 
Rutherford B. Hayes 


James A. Garfield 
Chester A. Arthur 
Grover Cleveland 
Benjamin Harrison 
William McKinley 
Theodore Roosevelt 
William H. Taft 


Woodrow Wilson 


Are any counties or cities in your state named for any of 
these men? 


590. Adjectives Derived from Proper Names 


Chi nese' 

E gyp'tian 
Ro'man 


Gre'cian 

C/ins'tian 

Spanish 


Swedish 

Per'sian 

Turkish 


Write ten other similar proper adjectives. 


A ra'bi an 
A mer'i can 
Mex'i can 


591. Dictation 

The Flag Speaks 

I am whatever you make me — nothing more, 

But always, I am all that you hope to be, 

And have the courage to try for. 

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

I am no more than what you believe me to 
be. My stars and my stripes are your dream 
and your labors; for you are the makers of the 
flag, and it is well that you glory in the making. 

— Franklin K. Lane. 


17G 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


592. Words in School Studies 

Use dictionary and supply missing letters in these, words: 


pen'?7_ weight 

Pow ha tan' 

r\ 

at/r_ cle 

al'ti tude 

bound'— ry 

a or'ta 

com po si'tion 

ep _ 

dem'ic 

aZ le'gi—ngc 

A1 g5n'qmn§ 

san'_ 

. ta ry 

hy'g_ ene 

Cher _ kee§' 

con ta'g_ous 

pred'_ cate 

a poth'_ ca ry 

im'm. 

_ grant 

rev'_ nue 

e lec'tion 

rep r. 

_ sen ta'tion 

-J- 

con ser va'tion 


593. Words of Foreign Origin 

Greek 

Hebrew 

Persian 

Arabic 

W ! JL. i ^ 

com e dy 

Sa tan 

r\ 

di van' 

al'cove 

dec'ade 

mawd'lm 

az'ure (z = z 

;li) sher'bet 

car toon' 

cher'ub 

naph'tha 

al'co hoi 

an'ec dote 

Sab'hath 

r\ 

par'a dise 

iir'se nal 
/■> 

ca the'dral 

r\ r\ 

ju'bi lee 

lazi'da num 

as sas'sin 


594. Business Terms 

Use dictionary, supply missing letters in these words, mark 
them, and use each in a sentence: 

fo'l_ o in stal_'ment in vest'm_nt li'c—nse 

for'_ign in solv'_nt in'vo_ce liq'ui dat_ 

hy poth'_ cate in sur'_nee le_k'age man'_ fest 

in dem'n_ ty in't_r est le_se . ma tur'_ ty 

in dors_'merit in'ven t_ ry les'_ee mor_'gage 


595. Dictionary Exercise 

Using dictionary, write derivations and define these words: 
scintillate lo'como'tive u'sury tad'pole 

sep'ul cher pit'e ous wig'warn ve'nouo 

Teu'ton scrap'ple per'pen dic'u lar yo'del 

ver'dure se'quel sen'ti ment im pet'u ous 

Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


FIFTH COURSE 


177 


596. Among Books and Authors 

Samuel L. Clemens (Mark Twain) Victor Hugo (French) 
“The Innocents Abroad” “Les Miserables” 

“Tom Sawyer” 

Huckleberry Finn” 

‘The Gilded Age” 

James Whitcomb Riley 
“The Old Swimmin’ Hole” 

“An Old Sweetheart of Mine” 


c(- 


Ur 


Rudyard Kipling (English) 
“Recessional” 

George Eliot (English) 
“Adam Bede” 

“The Mill on the Floss” 
“Silas Marner” 


597 

598 

599 

ab 6 li'tion 

bil'ious 

des'ti tute 

a bridg'ment 

/'"n CD r\ 

bias pheme' 

dex ter'i ty 

\J v I / JL ^ 

a cad e my 

bois'ter ous 

dis rep'u ta ble 

ac count'ant 

cal'en dar 

/*> 

eaves'drop per 

a chz’eve'ment 

/-N 

cal'/ous" 

ef /i ca gy 

ac knowl'edge 

can cel la'tion 

* rs 

■ em'bas sy 

ac qui esce' 

car 7 ! ca ture 

r \ >—" 

en am el 

ad mis'si ble 

ca tar rh' 

r\ 

er u di'tion 

• r\ 

am a teur' 

gem'e ter y 

Fil i pi'no 

an'arc/i y 

cham'pi on 

fi nange' 

bach'e lor 

clem'en gy 

inch's! a (shi a) 

bal us trade' 

de li'cious 

func'tion 

— r\ 

bay'o net 

de nom'i nate 

fur'nage 

gal'/oio§ 

in de co'rous 

j ii've nile 

garVu lous 

in fal'Zi ble 

lam'en ta ble 

r\ r\ 

gas'e ous 

in iq'ui ty 

leisure 

ges tic'u late 

m quis i tive 

le'ni ent 

r\ 

gey'ser 

in trep'id 

li'bel ous 

rs 

gla'cier 

ir rel'e vant 

lieu ten'ant 

rs 


600 

Write and mark all words you misspelled in the last 
twenty exercises. 


SIXTH COURSE 

120 Exercises 


601. Dictation: Our Presidents 

Woodrow Wilson served eight years as President of the 
United States. The great European War occurred during his 
administrations. 

Warren G. Harding, of Ohio, was elected President in 
1920, and succeeded President Wilson in office March 4, 1921. 

President Harding died in San Francisco in 1923, Vice- 
President Calvin Coolidge, of Massachusetts, succeeding him 
as President. 


quo ta'tion 
ratify 
re'al es tate' 

A 

re'bate 


602. Business Terms 


re qeipt' 
re gez'v'er 
re mitlange 
re sourg'e§ 


rev'e nue 
re yoke' 
roy'al ty 
sc/ied'ule 


pre pa?/' 
solv'ent 

r\ 

statement 
stock'hold er 


603. Anglo-Saxon 

Our letters j, k, q, v and z are not in the Old English or 
Anglo-Saxon alphabet. There were no silent letters. Every 
letter, whether vowel or consonant, was sounded. Thus: 


is pronounced c - wen 

CC (C * /• 

c - in mg 


cwen (queen) 
cyning (king) 
cnlht (knight) 
cnlf (knife) 
cwic (quick) 
hlud (loud) 


c - ne - h - t 

c - nef 
c - wic 
h - lud (oo) 


Long Vowels (also c and g) had the Roman sounds: a as in 
ah; e as in the?/; i as in pique; o as in old; u as in rule; c as in 
eat; g as in get. 

Short Vowels were a as in at; e as in let; i as in it; 6 as in 
not; u as in fuk; y nearly as in sys'tem. 

Our sounds of th (as in then and thin) were expressed by a 
single letter, called Thorn. 


178 



SIXTH COURSE 


179 


604. Of Anglo-Saxon and Celtic Origin 


Anglo-Saxon Celtic 


cove 

be reave' 

peat 

pal'frey 

breast 

be queath' 

em'bas sy 

slo'gan 

cloth 

mourn'ing 

plaid 

whis'ky 

be head' 

glar'ing 

pon toon' 

shan'ty 

be hind' 

hag'gle 

ptar'mi gan 

to'ry 


Mark these words completely. 


605. Dictionary Exercise 

boat'swain (nautical bo'sn) n. [AS. hot + swain, a servant]. 
On a war vessel, a warrant officer having charge of the rig¬ 
ging, anchors, cordage, cables, etc. 

In a similar manner, give pronunciation, derivations and 
definitions of: 

doub loon' hal'yards pi az'za si es'ta 

fal'con la'va prox im'i ty u surp' 

fore'eas tie lep'ro sy quag'mire yeo'man 

606. Phonic Review 


Write and sound the following, using each in an accented 
syllable: 


a, a, a, a, a, a, a, e, e, e, e, e, I, i, i, I, o, o, o, o, u, u, u 
What ones of these sounds are equivalents? 


— 


A £ 


— w 


607 


sa'chem 
to'tem 
ran'som 
cor'pu lent 
pil'lo ry 
sleigh'bells 


Per'shing 
pro lif'ic 
bur'gess 
nau'ti cal 
in ver'sion 
re pri'sal 


Mark these words completely, 


fel'o ny 
share'hold'er 
nup'tials 
phy si'eian 
ad'ver sa ry 
con'tro ver 


whirl'i gig 
ar'chives 
al'der men 
heir'loom 
u nique' 
pin'na cle 


sy 

and use each in a sentence. 


180 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


608. Some Anglo-Saxon Prefixes 


a = m, on, or at: 

a bed, a round, a side, 
ike (1) gives a transitive 
force to verbs: 
be speak, be stir. 

(2) makes adjectives into 
verbs: 

be dim, be calm. 

(3) be (= bij) denotes prox¬ 
imity : 

be side, by stander. 
for = opposition or privation: 

for bid, for bear, 
fore = be fore: 

fore see, fore tell, 
mis = error, wrongness: 
mis state, mis rule. 

Write other derivatives 


n — not: 

nev er, none. 
oft = off, from: 

off shoot, off spring, 
out = beyond: 

cut law, out run. 
over = above: 

over hang, over turn, 
to= for: 

to-day. 
un = not: 

un known, un clean, 
under = beneath: 

under pin, under mine, 
with = against, opposite: 
with draw, with hold. 

prefixes. 


containing each of these 


609. Proper Names and Their Meanings 
Men Women 


A dolph' (a dolph) [Teut.] 
Noble hero. 


Ad'e line (ad'e lln) [Teut.] 


Al'bert (al'bert) [Teut.] 
Illustrious. 

Al'fred (al'fred) [Teut.] 

Good counselor. 

Ar'thur (ar'thur)* [Celt.] 
Noble; high. 

Bri'an (bri'an) [Celt.] Strong. 
Don'ald (don'ald) [Celt.] 
Proud chief. 

Ev'an (ev'an) [Celt.] 

! Young warrior. 

Har'old (har'old) [AS.] 

A champion. 


Of noble birth. 

Alice (alls) [Teut.] 

Of noble birth. 

E'dith (e'dlth) [AS.] 
Happiness. 

E thel (e'thel) [AS.] Noble. 

Ger'trude (ger'trood) [Germ.] 
Spear maiden. 

Matil'da (matikda) [Germ.] 
Mighty battle maid 

Maude (mod) [contraction 
of Alatilda.] 

Mar'ga ret (mar'ga ret) [Gr.] 
A pearl. 


SIXTH COURSE 


181 


610 


words, and use each in a sen- 


Mark and 
tence: 

al'co hoi 
ker'o sene 
tab'leau 
chal'ice 
irk'some 


pronounce these 

de te'ri o rate 
chlo'ro form 
in tu i'tion 
san i ta'ri um 
de scend'ant 


de struc'ti ble 
wil'ful ness 
pic tur esque' 
di ag no'sis 
cat'er pil lar 


es sen'tial 
sac'ri lege 
det'ri ment 
per sua'sive 
cha'os 


611. Dictation 

The child lost her mother’s brooch. She did 
not broach the subject at home. 

The corpse was borne to the hearse by mem¬ 
bers of the hospital corps. 

The core of a sweet apple is as good as any 
other part of the fruit. 

The most cheerful suite of rooms is on the top 
floor. 

Write other sentences containing the words in italics in 
the above exercise. 


612. In Southern Europe 


Black Sea 

Aiis'tri a 

• • AN 

Mt. Ve sfi'vi us 

6 des'sa 

Lake Con'stange 

Mt. Et'na 

AN 

Tran syl va'ni a 

Lu gerne' 

Sig'i ly 

Bu c/ia rest' 

• • A 

Black For'est 

Na'ples 

Bos'po rus 

A1 sage' 

Pyr'e nees 

Bel grade' 

Strass'burg 

Bar'ge lo'na 

Ser'bi a 

AN 

Ap'ea nineg 

Ca'diz 

Ly'ong 

Hun'ga ry 

Lor raine' 

Pi'ga 

Bu'da pest 

Mar seikeg' 

Mil'an 

Prague 

Gi bral'tar (brol) 

Xl ba'ni a 

AN 

Ath'eng 

Nimes 


182 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


Suffixes 

ar, er 
yer, ster 


613. Anglo-Saxon Suffixes 


Meanings 

one who does; 
agent, or doer 


Examples 

rid'er 

saw'yer 


beg'gar 

young'ster 


The suffix er forms the comparative of adjectives; as weak, 
weaker; er sometimes changes adjectives into verbs; as 
lower the boat; ster is sometimes feminine: spin 'ster. 


dom, ship j state, condition, 
ric, wick \ or quality 

el, kin 
let, ling 
ock 

en made of 


1 small, or 
diminutive 


fwis'dom 

(kin'ship 

I cock'er el 
man'i kin 
riv'u let 

wood'en 


bish'op ric 
bail! wick 

duckling 

bull'ock 

ringlet 

wool'en 


Also changes adjectives 
into verbs; as 

multiplied, or 


fold < 

increased in 
number 

ful 

full 

hood 

state of being, or 

ness 

place of 

ish, like 

iy. y 

dike, belonging to 

wise 



deep'en 

dwo'fold 

faith'ful 

jneigh'bor hood 

foolish 
worn'an ly 
clock'wise 


sweet'en 


man! fold 

help'ful 

help'ful ness 

warlike 

dream'y 

calmly 


The suffix ish is also a diminutive: black ish. 


less 

without 

heartless 

cheerless 

teen 

and ten (plus) 

four'teen 

nine'teen 

ty 

by ten (multiplied 
by) 

for'ty (4X10) 

nine'ty (9X10J 

ward 

direction 

for'ward 

east'ward 


Write one or more other derivatives ending in each o( 
these suffixes. 









SIXTH COURSE 


183 


614. Words of Anglo-Saxon and Scandinavian Origin 


Anglo-Saxon Scandinavian 


chew 

cleav'er 

a slant' 

e quip' 

dis like' 

knit'ting 

tung'sten 

puck'er 

last'ly 

can'ning 

brand'ish 

pal'tiy 

mad'ness 

day'light 

bra'zier 

riv'et 

spring'y 

draughts'man 

gaunt'let 

a kim'bo 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


615 


Mark and pronounce these words, and use each in a 
sentence: 


rag'a muf'fin 
pop'u lous 
mac a ro'ni 
hi lar'i ty 
per se ver'ance 
dex ter'i ty 
al le'vi ate 


di a crit'ic al 
sac'cha rine 
cav a Her' 
bil'liards 
al to geth'er 
et'i quette 
quo ta'tion 


pet'ti coat 
haugh'ti ly 
lens 

es chew' 
tac'i turn 
sac'ra ment 
par'ti san / 


616. Books and Authors 


John Bunyan 

“The Pilgrim’s Progress” 
William Cowper 

“John Gilpin’s Ride” 
Homer 
“Iliad” 

“Odyssey”' 

Jane Porter 

“Scottish Chiefs” 
“Thaddeus of Warsaw” 


James Russell Lowell 

“The Vision of Sir Launfal” 
“Bigelow Papers” 

Joseph Rodman Drake 
“The American Flag” 
Cardinal Newman 
“Lead, Kindly Light” 
Samuel Taylor Coleridge 
“The Rime of the Ancient 
Mariner” 


Read or recite a selection from one of these authors. 


184 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


617. In Northern Europe 


Are/i an 7 gel 

Am'ster dam 

Den'mark 

Mos'co w 

Ztd'der zee 

S we'den 

Bal'tic Sea 

wind'miBg 

Nor'way 

C/iris ti a'ni a 

r\ 

Finland 

✓"N 

Prus'sia 

Ham'burg 

rem'deer 

Poland 

Kzel Ca nal' 

r\ 

White Sea 

War'saw 

Stock'holm 

Arc'tic QTr'cle 

U'ral 

r\ 

R/iIne 

Pet'ro grad (pyet'ro grat) 

Ber lin' 

Write the names 

of other cities, rivers, or 

countries in 


Northern Europe. 


618. Anglo-Saxon Root-Words and Derivatives 


Root-Words 

Meaning 

Derivatives 

bacan 

ta bake 

bak'er 

bak'er y 

biddan 

to pray 

for bid' 

un bid'den 

brecan 

to break 

breach 

bro'ken 

beornan 

to burn 

ft 

brand 

bran'dy 

claene 

clean 

un clean' 

clean'ly 

Form other derivatives from 

these root-words. 



villa 
a sy'lum 
li'bra ly 
ly ce'um 
in'sti tute 
a cad'e my 
gym na'si um 

Mark these words 


619 

hos'pi tal 
in fir'ma ry 
sem'i na ry 
mon'as ter y 
ca the'dral 
par'son age 
dor'mi to ry 

completely, and use 


re form'a to ry 
lab'o ra tory 
res'i dence 
or'phan age 
ob serv'a to ry 
el'e va tor 
dwell dug 

each in a sentence. 


SIXTH COURSE 


185 


620 

Syllabify, mark, and pronounce these words. 


lineage 

caravan 

abstemious 

bankruptcy 

abbreviate 

ecclesiastic 

caress 

manageable 

capability 

obituary 

damageable 

advertisement 

obedience 

ecstasy 

marriage 

marvelous 

agonizing 

geometry 

lateral 

larceny 

capitulate 

tournament 

notorious 

incandescent 

legacy 

belligerent 

adequate 

accusation 

negotiate 

abolish 

deciduous 

bayonet 

opaque 

capricious 

fascination 

oracle 

balloon 

daffodil 

generosity 

balustrade 


Write correctly and mark the words you misspelled in the 
last twenty exercises. 


621. Dictation — Homonyms 

It requires no seer to tell us that killing 
frosts will cause the leaves to become sere. 

It is right to conduct the funeral rite sol¬ 
emnly. 

The holt, or pod, of the cotton plant con¬ 
tains enough fluffy cotton to fill a small howl. 

Write in sentences six other homonyms. 

622. Business Terms 

good will loss and gain mort ga gee' 

gross earn'ings mer'can tile a'gen cy ob li ga'tion 

net earn'ings mon'ey or'der o'pen ac count' 

stock com'pa ny mo nop'o ly o'pen ing en'tries 

joint stock ne go'ti a ble pa'per o rig'i nal en'try 

liq ui da'tion mort'ga gor o'ver draft 

Mark these words completely, and use each term above 
in a sentence. 


186 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


623. Anglo-Saxon Root-Words and Derivatives 


Root-Word 

Meaning 


Derivatives 

deorc 

dusky or black 

dark 

dark'ness 

drincan 

to suck in 

drink 

drunk'ard 

faeger 

bright 

fair 

fair'ness 

fedan 

to feed 

food 

fod'der 

feond 

an enemy 

fiend 

fiend'ish 

gongan 

to go 

gang 

gang'way 

ripan 

to reap 

ripe 

ri'pen 

Form other 

derivatives from 

these 

root-words by using 


affixes in exercises 608 and 613. 


624. Words of Foreign Origin 
Anglo-Saxon Scandinavian 


fos'ter 

for'ti eth 

a loft' 

kid'nap 

la'die 

fif'ti eth 

dap'ple 

pock'et 

liv'er 

hand! craft 

scuf'fle 

an'ger 

hollow 

neigh'bor ly 

flip'pant 

bul'wark 

be smear' 

wil'der ness 

wel'come 

bellows 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


625. Dictionary Exercise 

bream (brem) n. [F. breme]. A freshwater fish of the 
sunfish family. 

Yan'kee (yang'ke) [Origin uncertain; probably either 
Scotch yan'kie, clever, active, from yank; or else from 
Yan'geesh, the pronunciation which the Indians gave to the 
word English]. Formerly, an inhabitant of New England. 
Later, a person living in the northern part of United States. 
Now generally applied to a citizen of United States. 

In like manner, mark, give derivations and definitions of— 

gre nade' wel'kin gib'bet pre sage' 

sap'pers callous gra'tis rav'en ous 

slo'gan chaise joc'und sor'tie 


SIXTH COURSE 


187 


626. Phonic Review 

1. How many distinct sounds are there in the English 
language? How many of them are expressed by consonants? 

2. Write the voiced and unvoiced consonants. Mark and 
sound those that take markings. 

3. Write and mark all equivalents of the following: oo, 
do; l, i; j, k, s, z. Write and mark words containing these 
sounds. 

4. Write and mark words containing modified long sounds 
of vowels (a, e, 0, u). 

5. Write and mark words containing obscure vowels (a, e, 


o, u). In what kind of syllables do these appear? 


627. In Western Europe 


Bor deam/ 

Meuse 

Ma drid' 

r~\ 

Bis'cay 

Cal'afs 

Ver sullies'(six'j) Lis'bon 

Loire (lwar) 

G/ient 

Seme 

Rotter dam 

Par'is 

Wa ter loo r 

Brit'/a ny 

^ . 

Ant werp 

Rou en'(an) 

Ha'vre 

0 por'to 

Bms 'selZ§ 

Ga ron ne' 

L'i ege'(ezh) 

Louv're 

The Hag ue 

• 

Ta'giis 


628. Anglo-Saxon Root-Words and Derivatives 


Root-Words 

Meanings 

Derivatives 

gietan 

to get 

be get' 

for get'ful 

giefan 

to give 

gift 

un for giv'en 

grafan 

to dig 

grub 

grave 



grav'en 

en grave' 

grund 

the ground 

groundless 

ground-work 

weorc 

work 

work'er 

o ver work' 

hangian 

to hang 

hang'er 

o ver hang' 



hinge 

un hinge' 

healdan 

to hold 

be hold' 

up hold' 

hleapan 

to leap 

leap 

o ver leap' 

Form other 

derivatives from these words by 

using affixes 


in exercises 608 and 613. Mark the above derivatives, and 
also those you make. 


188 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


629. Proper Names and Their Meanings 


Men 

Ad'am (ad'am) [Hebr.] Man. 

Alexan'der (81 ex an'der) [Gr.] 
Defender of men. 

Al'vin (al'vin) [Teut.] Beloved 
by all. 

A'mos (a'mos) [Hebr.] Cour¬ 
ageous. 

An'drew (an'drew) [Gr.] 
Manly. 

Ar'nold (ar'nold) [Germ.] 
Strength of an eagle. 

Augus'tus ($u gus'tus) [Lat.] 
Exalted. 


Women 

A'da (a'da) [Ger.] Rich gift. 

Ag'nes (ag'nes) [Gr.] Pure. ' 

A man'da (a man'da) [ Lat. ' 
Worthy to be loved. 

A'my (a'my) [Lat.] Beloved. 

Ann (an n), An'na (an'wa), 
Anne (anne) [Hebr.], vari¬ 
ations of Hannah. Grace. 

Bar'bara (bar'bara) [Gr. ] 
Foreign. 

Be'atrice (be'a trige) [ Lat. ] 
Making happy. 


630 

pronounce these words, and use 


Mark and 
tence: 

prej'u dice 
am bi'tious 
id'i o cy 
cod'i cil 
ves'tige 


ex ag'ger a'tion 
am'mu ni'tion 
ho'sier y 
an tied pate 
priv'i lege 


di plo'ma 
prec'i pice 
my thol'o gy 
pris mat'ic 
lunch'eon 


each in a sen- 

i'dol ize 
pro pri'e ty 
clem'en cy 
pre oc'cu py 
men ag'er ie 


631. Dictation: Homonyms 

The old building was razed to the ground that 
a new structure might be raised in its place. 

To indite a letter of sympathy is a difficult 
task. 

Did the grand jury indict the man who was 
accused of burglary? 

General Foch (Fosh) was Marshal of the 
French armies. His martial bearing character¬ 
ized his qualities as a great soldier. 


SIXTH COURSE 


189 


632. In the British Isles 


T/iamc§ (a=e) 
Ox'ford 
Cam'bridge 
Bir'rmng /iam 
South amp'ton 
Ab er deen 
Glas'gow 
Clyde 


Mer'gey 
Man'ches ter 
Ed'm burgh (bur 6) 
Bel fast' 

Dub'lin 
Queens'town 
Ki l lar'ney 
Shan'non 

A 


Lon'don 

rs 

Hyde Park 
Pic'ca dil'Zy 
Strand 

Char'ing Cross 
West'min ster 
Liv'er pool 
Traf al gar' Square 


633. Anglo-Saxon Root-Words and Derivatives 


Root-Words Meaning 

Derivatives 

(ge) lie 

like 

un like' 

like'li hood 

murnan 

to mourn 

mourn'er 

mourn'ful 

nama 

a name 

mis name' 

naine'less 

paeth 

a path 

foot'path 

path'less 

fot 

the foot 

fet'ter 

a foot' 

sar 

painful 

sore 

sor'ry 

sceadu 

shade 

shad'ow 

sha'dy 

scufan 

to push 

shove 

shov'el 

twegen 

two 

twice 

two'fold 

Form 

other derivatives 

from these 

root-words, using 

affixes in 

exercises 608 and 

613. Mark 

derivatives above, 

and also those you write. 




634. Pertaining to Reading 


stan'za 
par'a graph 
vow'els 
ar tic'u late 


vo'cals 
em'pha sis 
mon'o tone 
in flec'tion 


con'so nant 
voice 
gut'tur al 
ut'ter ance 


na'sal 
com'pass 
mod'u late 
pau'ses 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


190 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


635 


lab'o ra to'ry 
au da'cious 
sm'u ous 
pag'eant ry 
ex emp'tion 


pre var'i cate 
po lo naise' 
i'sin glass 
tal'is man 
gri mace' 


per'pe tu'i ty weird 
un so'cia ble mo sa'ic 
tern pes'tu ous trea'tise 
ex haust'i ble leg'end a ry 
en vi'ron ment sti'pend 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


tan'ner 

tin'ner 

trim'mer 

team'ster 

type'writ'er 


636. Occupations 

con trac'tor te leg'ra pher 

cut'ter e lec tri'cian 

de sign'er dec'o ra tor 

draughts'man plumb'er 

sales'man coach'man 


chauf'feur 
watch'man 
mill'wright 
op ti'cian 
ac count'ant 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


637. Some Latin Prefixes and Derivatives 


Prefixes 
a, ab 1 
abs f 


Meanings 

off, away 


Derivatives 


f a vert' ab solve' 

[ab stract' ab stain' 


ad, ac, af, ag, 
al, am, an, ap, \to , against 
ar, as 


circum, circu around 


ante 

pre 


before 


con, co 
col, com 
cor 


\ 

- together, altogether 

j 


i ad here' 
j af firm' 

: an nex' 
as sist' 

am mu ni'tion 

circum vent' 

f ante date 
\pre judge' 

fcon vene' 
col'league 
cor re spond' 


ag grieve' 
ap pend' 
ac cede' 
al lude' 
ar rive' 

cir'cu late 

an'te room' 
pre vent' 

co e'qual 
com pete' 
cor're late 


Write and define one or more other derivatives having the 
prefixes given above. 

Mark the above derivatives, and also those you write. 








SIXTH COURSE 


191 


638. Latin Prefixes and Derivatives 


Prefixes 

extra 


Meanings 

beyond 


in, il 
im, ir 
en, em 


in, into, on, 
■s against, 
not 


contra, control 

>aqamst 

counter J 7 


ob, o, oc, of ,) facing, 
op, os j contrary to 


de 

dis, di, 
dif 

ex, e 
ec, ef 


down or off 

apart, 

■s asunder, 
opposite of 

j >out or from 


Derivatives 


ex tra or'di na ry 

in crease' 
im port' 
en force' 
in sane' 
im ma ture' 


ex trav'a gant 

il lu'mi nate 
ir'ri gate 
em ploy' 
il le'gal 
ir reg'u lar 


fcon tra diet' 

con'tro vert 

\coun ter mand' 

coun ter act 

o mit' 

op'po site 

- oc cur' 

of fense' 

ob tain' 

\j 

os ten'si ble 

de pose' 

de stroy' 

jdis perse' 

dif fuse' 

(di vert' 

dif'fer 


(ex cuse' 
\ec cen'tric 


e mit' 

ef fer vesce' 


Write other derivatives having prefixes of the same mean¬ 
ing as those above. 

Mark the derivatives above, and also those you write. 


639 


Syllabify, mark and pronounce these words, and use each 
in a sentence. 


integer 

betrothal 

feminine 

isolate 

enfranchise 

orifice 


caricature 

imbecile 

quinine 

incognito 

glycerine 

inherent 


cataract 

patroness 

economical 

archives 

lineament 

precarious 


chaperon 

decrepit 

quartette 

aggrandize 

blackguard 

explicable 


Write correctly all words you misspelled in the last twenty 


exercises. 








192 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


640. Dictation 

Our fathers’ God! from out whose hand 
The centuries fall like grains of sand, 

We meet today, united, free, 

And loyal to our land and Thee; 

To thank Thee for the era done, 

And trust Thee for the opening one. 

—John Greenleaf Whittier. 


641. Business Terms 


leasehold 
job lot 

in fringe'ment 
in dors'er 
in stall'ment 
in sol'ven cy 


m voice 
in'ven to ry 
les see' 
les'sor 
in dorse' 
in dors ee' 


in spec'tor 
footing 
le'gal ten'der 
fi nan'cial state'ment 
in sur'ance pol'i cy 
let'ter of cred'it 


Mark these words and use each term in a sentence. 


642. Latin Prefixes and Derivatives 


Prefixes 
inter 
intel 

intro 

per 

trans 
tra 


Meaning 

( between, 
[among 

= into 

_ j through, 
[thoroughly 

j over, 
\beyond 


Derivatives 

in ter ur'ban in tel'li gent 


in tro duce' 

>per vade' 

trans pose' 
tra verse' 


in tro spect' 

per ceive' 

trans fer' 
tra di'tion 


sub 


' up, 

sub mit' 

sue cess' 

(suf, sue, 


under , 

suf fi'cient 

sum'mon 

sug, sum, 

after, 

sup port' 

sus tain' 

sup, sus) 


almost 

sug gest' 

sus pend' 

super\ 
sur j 

= 

above, over 

su per vise' 

sur mount' 


Write in sentences other derivatives, using these prefixes. 
Mark the derivatives above, and use each in a sentence. 





SIXTH COURSE 


193 


643. Negative Prefixes 

With these words use prefixes that mean not. See exercise 638. 


leg'i ble 
cor rupt'i ble 
sep'a ra ble 
so'ci a ble 
re spon'si ble 
re deem'a ble 


prov'i dent 
o be'di ent 
ef fi'cient 
ex pe'di ent 
per'ti nent 
pend tent 


pay'ment 
res'i dent 
par'ti san 
com'bat ant 
es sen'tial 
fal'li bil'i ty 


Underline the suffixes in these derivative words, and give 
the meaning of each. Mark these words completely. 


Supplementary Exercise: 

tences: 

Use the following words 

in sen- 
* 

muse 

lax 

rap 

size 

oar 

mews 

lacks 

wrap 

sighs 

o’er 


644. Dictionary Exercise 

he gem'o ny (he jem'o ny) n. [Gr. hegemon, a leader]. 
Leadership; especially political ascendancy, or national in¬ 
fluence. 

Example: German he gem'o ny in the Balkans was 

destroyed by the results of the Great War. 

ha'rem (ha'rem) n. [Arabian, forbidden, or sacred]. The 
women's apartments in a Mohammedan residence. Also 
applied to the occupants of a harem. 

In a similar manner indicate the pronunciations, deriva¬ 
tions, and definitions of the following words: 

blanch grap'nels cui rass' jun'ket 

couch'ant manse deb o nair' et y mol'o gy 

gra da'tim row'els ides rime 


194 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


645. Phonic Review 

Sound the following, and write one or more words con¬ 
taining each sound: 

6, 3, o; y, y, y; th, th, du (=ju), tu ( = chu), e, a. 

What are diphthongs? Write words containing them. 
What is a triphthong? Give an example. 


646. Terms in Mathematics 


a cute' cir cum'fer ence 

ob tuse' dec'i mal 

an'gle . di ag'o nal 
al'ge bra dif'fer ence 

cir'cle quo'tient 


can'cel la'tion 
in'te ger 
in ter sect' 
mul'ti pie 
naught 


ob lique' 
pol'y gon 
pa ren'the sis 
prom'is so'ry 
pro por'tion 


Mark these words, and use each in a sentence. 


647. Latin Suffixes and Derivatives 


Noun Suffixes 

an, ant, ent, 
ary, tor, sor, 
ment 

ance, ence, 
ancy, ency, 
acy, ate, 
ion, tion, 
sion, ty, 
mony, tude, 
ture, sure 

ate, ite, 




Meanings 

one who or 
that which 
does 


Derivatives 


< 


state, condition, 
quality, act 


lone who is 
(recipient) 


mu si cian 
lap'i da ry 
leg'is la tor 
nu'tri ment 

vig'i lance 
mil'i tan cy 
cel'i ba cy 
re li'gion 
ses'sion 
par'si mony 
na'ture 

>del'e gate 


as sail'ant 
de po'nent 
pre cur'sor 
tes ta' tor 

con'fi dence 
tend'en cy 
con'su late 
fric'tion 
grav'i ty 
mag'ni tude 
pres'sure 

fa'vor ite 


Mark completely derivatives given above, pronounce them, 
id use each in a sentence. 









SIXTH COURSE 


195 


648. French Suffixes and Derivatives 


Noun Suffixes Meanings Derivatives 


eer, 

eur, 

ard 

ier, 

teur, 

ant, 

or,< 

one who, or 
that which 
(agent or 
instrument) 

> 

en gi neer' 
chauf feur' 
bet'tor 

brig a dier' 
am a teur' 
drunk'ard 

ee 



one to whom 


mort ga gee' 

con sign ee' 

ure, age, 
ry, ice 


( , . \ 
state, condi¬ 
tion, quality, 
act 

< > 

> 

i 

pro ce'dure 
cit'i zen ry 

fo'li age 
serv'ice 

age, 

ry, ade 

connected with <• 

cour'age 

Jem on ade' 

fin'er y 
lin'e age 




f 

person or 




ese, 

ard 

4 

thing con¬ 


^Chi nese' 

dull'ard 




nected with 

< 

j 



ette, 

let 


little 


pel'let 

bri quette' 

ette, 

ess 

feminine 


suf fra gette' 

prin'cess 

Note: 

Many of the Latin 

suffixes in 

exercise 647 are 


French in form and are used on French words. 

Write other derivatives containing the suffixes given above. 
Mark completely the derivatives given above, pronounce 
them, and use each in a sentence. 


649 


Mark completely and pronounce the following words, and 
use each in a sentence: 


can'di date 
ac'ci dent 
ad just'ment 
earth'quake 
neg'li gence 


stip'u la'tion 
dan'de li on 
bel lig'er ent 
op pres'sion 
ges tic'u late 


ver. mil'ion 
or'di nance 
leth'ar gy 
a dapt'a ble 
ac cord'ance 


cal'cu la ble 
ap pre hen'sive 
nour'ish ment 
ex as'per ate 
ag'gra va'tion 













196 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


650. Dictation 

“The most manifest sign of wisdom is con¬ 
tinued cheerfulness.’’ 

“He is a man who knows how to die for his 
God and his country; his heart, his lips, his 
arms are faithful unto death.” 


651. Business Terms 

bills re ceiv'a ble 


bills pay'a ble 
book ac count' 
call loans 
cap'i tal stock 
cash sales 

cer tif'i cate of stock 
clear'ing house 
com'pro mise 


due'bill 

draw'er 

draw ee' 

em bez'zle ment 

face val'ue 

fixed char'ges 

do mes'tic ex change' 

for'eign ex change' 

go'ing busi'ness 


Mark these words completely, and use each of the terms 
above in a sentence. 


652. French and Latin Suffixes and Derivatives 


Adjective Suffixes Meanings 

al 


an, ar 
ary, ent 
id, ile 
ine, tory 

ate, ose 
ous 

able, ble 
ible, ile 

tive, sive 


relating to, 
like, being 


re'al 

re pub'li can 
e pis'to la ry 
flu'id 
al'ka line 


j abounding in or /ac'cu rate 
[having quality o/\ right'eous 

i that may be, fcur'a ble 

fit to be - \fus'i ble 


having power pro duc'tive 


Derivatives 

men'tal 
cir'cu lar 
e quiv'a lent 
pu'er ile 
pre par'a tor y 

ver bose' 
su per'flu ous 

sol'u ble 
doc'ile 

re pul'sive 


Write other derivatives containing adjective suffixes with 
meanings like those given above. Mark and pronounce the 
derivatives given above, and use each in a sentence f 





SIXTH COURSE 


197 


653. French and Latin Suffixes and Derivatives 


Adjective Suffixes Meanings 


aceous, 

acious 


\Jiaving quality 
/ of' 


Derivatives 



o na'ceous 


ca pa'cious 


Verb Suffixes 

ate, fy 
ish 


f 




\ 


to make, ren¬ 
der or perform 
an act 


r 



cul'ti vate 
pub'lish 


beau'ti fy 
ru'mi nate 


Write other derivatives containing these suffixes. 

Mark, pronounce, and use each of the derivatives above in 
a sentence. 


654 

Mark, pronounce, and use these words in sentences: 

ac cen'tu ate em'pha size tol'er a ble health'i ness 

e lim'i na'tion rec on noi'ter sus pi'cious sym'bol ize 

re lax a'tion os ten'si ble cal'lous ep'i thet 

vol'a tile lac er a'tion su prem'a cy sur cease' 

en thu'si ast he red'i ta ly e nun'ci a'tion cav'al cade 


655. Musicians and Musical Terms 


Ver'di Ca ru'§0 Han'del 

Mo'zart (z=ts) McCor'mack Schu'bert 

Cho pin'(pan) Wag'ner(w= v) Bec't/io ven 

• Liszt Men'dels so/m Goti nod' 


tre'ble 
ten'or 
so pra'no 
bar'i tone 


656. In Asia 


A ra'bia Eu phra'tes Gan'ges 
Pal'es tine Hi ma'la yas Bay of Ben gal' 


Da mas'cus Ti bet' 
Bag diid' Cal cut'/a 
Can ton' Shang hal' 
Hong kong' Te he ran' 


Hiin kow' 
Yang'tze (z = s) 
Pe king' 

Man ehu'rf a 

• • n 


Ko re'a 
SI be'ri a 
Yla'dI vos tok' 
To'ky o 
Yo'ko ha'ma 
bam boo' 





198 


MANUAL OE SPELLING 


657. What Words Mean 

A root-word is a word from which other words are formed 
by adding suffixes (or prefixes). 

In English word-formation the suffix is usually added to 
the entire root-word, with only such changes as are required 
in the rules of spelling; as, weave, weaving; stop, stopper. 

Words cannot be formed so simply on Latin root-words. 
Thus in the Latin word ag'ere, meaning to do, the root is ag, 
and carries the general idea of doing something (with vigor). 
From this root are formed our words agent, agile, and many 
others. 

A Latin verb root is often changed in form when it takes 
a suffix beginning with t. Thus in actum, which means 
something done, the root ag becomes ac before t. For this 
reason it is usual to give two forms of the verb: one with a 
termination, the other with a suffix beginning with t; thus: 

ag'ere = to do something with vigor; ac' turn, 
something done. Root ag (ac before t). 

a'gent =one who does something (usually for some one 
else). 

ag'ile = capable of doing things vigorously. 

act = something done; hence, a law passed by a legisla¬ 
ture. 

enact' (prefix cn = into)=to put a proposal into a law. 

ac'tion =the doing of something; hence, something done, or 
to be done. 

ac'tive = inclined to do things. 

ac'tor =one who does things; hence, one who takes a part 
on the stage. 

Which of these words are formed on the root agf Which 
have suffixes beginning with tf 

Point out the suffixes used above, and tell what they 
mean. 

Write five other derivatives of agere. 


SIXTH COURSE 


109 


653. Proper Names and Their Meanings 
Men Women 


Chris'to pher (c/ins'td pher) 
[Gr.] Christ-bringer. 

Clar'ence (clar'enge) [Lat.] 
Illustrious. 

Dan'iel (dan'iel) [Hebr.] God 
is my judge. 

Da'vid (da'vid) [Hebr.] Be¬ 
loved. 

Ed'mund (ed'miind) [AS.] 
Defender of property. 

Ed'ward (ed'ward) [AS.] 
Guardian of property. 

Ed'win (ed'win) [AS.] Gain¬ 
er of property. 

Eu gene' (eu gene') [C-r.] Well 
born. 

Felix (fe'lix) [Lat.] For¬ 
tunate. 

George (george) [Gr.] Earth- 
worker. 


Dor'o thy (dor'o thy) [Gr.] 
Gift of God. 

Ed'na (ed'na) [Hebr.] Pleas¬ 
ure. 

El'inor (el'inor) [Gr.] 
Light. 

E liz'a beth (e liz'a beth) 
[Hebr.] Worshiper of 

God. 

El'la (el'Za) [Gr.] Same as 
Elinor. 

Em'ma (em'ma) [Teut.] In¬ 
dustrious. 

Es'ther (es'ter) [Per.] A 

star. 

E'va (e'va) [Hebr.] Life. 

Flo'ra (flo'ra) [Lat.] Flow¬ 
ers. 

Flor'ence (flor'enge) [Lat.] 
Blooming. 


659 


Syllabify, 

fences: 

mark, pronounce, 

and use these 

words in sen- 

adhesion 

jocularly 

appetite 

fortnight 

miniature 

italicize 

simultaneous 

phenomenon 

alacrity 

scabbard 

architecture 

tyranny 

fatigue 

divisible 

prologue 

vanilla 

municipal 

domicile 

gorgeous 

magistrate 

intricacy 

herbaceous 

threshold 

confederacy 

confederacy 

catalogue 

boisterous 

instinctive 

fierceness 

conciliate 

emanate 

plumber 

Write correctly all words you 
exercises, and mark them. 

misspelled in the last twenty 


200 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


660. Dictation 

Our birth is but a sleep and a forgetting; 

The soul that rises with us, our life’s star, 
Hath had elsewhere its setting, 

And eometh from afar; 

Not in entire forgetfulness, 

And not in utter nakedness, 

But trailing clouds of glory do we come 
From God, who is our home. 

— William Wordsworth. 


E'gypt 

Nile 

Pyr'a mid§ 
Tan gier' 
Mo rdc'co 
Trip'6 II 


661. In Africa 


Li be'ri a 
Kon'go 
K/iar turn' 
Su ez' 

Sa ha'ra 
Cape' Town 


A1 gzers' 

Su dan' 
Kim'ber ley 
Good' Hope 
os'trich c§ 
Ab ys sin'i a 


Jo han'nes burg 

Ni'ger 

Cai'ro 


hip po pot'a mus 

-/ .i. ^ 

i vo ry 
el'e phants 


662. What Words Mean 

Many Latin root-words are not primitives, but deriva¬ 
tives. Thus the root ar, meaning to join or fit together, gives 
a noun ars = skill (in joining or fitting things together). 
From a form of this word, artis, meaning of skill, we get art. 
This is not a root, but a base, for the root is ar. 

Following the models in exercise 658, and the tables of 
prefixes and suffixes previously given, analyze and define the 
following derivative words: 

1. From ars, skill; artis, of skill: base art: saWist ( ist , 
Greek suffix = one who): ar'ti s an; art 'ful; art 'less. 

2. From audi're, to hear; audi'tum, heard; root and base 
and, stem audi (a stem is a root or base + a connecting 
vowel): au'di ble; au'di ence; au'di tor; au'di to ry. 

3. From ca'put, head; ca'pit is, of the head; root and base 
capit: cap'i tal; cap'i tal ize (■ize, Greek suffix, = to make ); 
de cap'i tate; re c&pWulate (prefix re, suffixes ule, ate). 


SIXTH COURSE 


201 


663. Derivatives 


Prefixes meaning up or under; apart, division , or opposite. 


sub side' 
sub tract' 
sub merge' 
sub'ju gate 
sub'ter ra'ne an 


sue cumb' dis be lief' di vest' 

sue ceed' dis re spect' di vis'ion 

sup press' dis sim'i lar di min'u tive 

sus pect' dis rep'u ta ble dif'fer ence 

sum'mon dis o be'di ent dif'fi dence 


Underline prefixes and suffixes, give meaning of each, and 
define and use each word in a sentence. Mark these words 
completely. 

664. Dictionary Exercise 


ar'mi stice (ar'mi stis) n. [F. fr. L. arma, arms + stare , to 
stand still]. A brief suspension of hostilities by agreement. 

In a similar manner, write, mark, give derivation, and 
define the following words: 


fie ti'tious 
hy'phen 
nar'ra tive 


neg'a tive 
ob'so lete 
par'a graph 


pa ren'the sis 
phrase 
an te ced'ent 


ar'gu ment 
col li'sion 
sa lute' 


665. Phonic Elements 


a = o 
• 

com'rade 

what'not 

dog'ile 

squad'ron 

swal'/ote 



Modified long vowels Obscure vowels 


bal'sam bal'co ny va'can gy 

mor'sel sculp'ture Prus'sian 

fat/get re morse'less so'gia ble 

mis for'tune tex'ture Rus'sia 

caucus pro ge'dure Amer'i can Ize' 


Observe: (1) c before i,'e and y is soft. How is it marked? 
(2) du sounds like ju, and tu is like chu. (3) Modified long 
vowels and obscure vowels are always in unaccented syllables. 


202 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


O'geans (shanz) 
In'di an 
At lan'tic 
Pa glf'ic 
Arc'tic 
Ant arc'tic 

Gulfs 

St. Law/renge 
Mex'i co 
Cal 1 for'ni a 

n 

Pan a ma' 


666. Parts of the Sea 

Straits 
Do'ver 

Gi bral'tar (brol) 
Flor'i clfi 

Bays 
Fun'dy 
Ches' a peake 
Del'a ware 
Bis'cay 
Ma ml'a 
Ben gal' 


Seas 

A dri at'ic 
Bal'tic 
Cas'pi an 
Car ib be'an 
Chi'na 

A 

Ja pan' 

Be/i'ring 

Med'i ter ra'ne an 
North 
M ge'an 


667. What Words Mean 

Following previous directions and references, analyze and 
define the following derivative words: 

civis = a citizen. (Root: civ) 

civ'ic civ'il civ'il ize ci vil'ian 

un civ'il civ'il i za'tion (civ+il-j-ize(a)+tion) 

cor = the heart; cordis = of the heart. (Root: cord) 
core cor'dial con'cord dis'eord 

rec'ord re cord'a ble cour'age con cord'ance 


668. Derivatives 

Verb suffixes meaning to make; render or perform an act. 


Ten'o vate 
stip'ii late 
re frig'er ate 
ob'vi ate 
mu'ti late 


co'di fy 
grat'i fy 
per son'i fy 
for'ti fy 
de'i fy 


en fran'chise 
com'pro mise 
pul'ver ize 
frat'er nize 
mer'cer ize 


fin'ish 
re plen'ish 
a'e rate 
rat'i fy 
sub'si dize 


Underline the suffixes in these words, give meaning of each, 
and define and use each word in a sentence. Mark these 
words completely, 


SIXTH COURSE 


203 


e lec tric'i ty e lic'it 
par'ox ysm il lic'it 
fron'tis piece pie be'ian 
prac'ti ca ble wain'scot 
al le ga'tion sur'plice 


669 


as cer tain' 
gro tesque' 
hic'cough 

gyp'sy 

os'tra cize 


cour a'geous 
sub ter ra'ne an 
rem i nis'cence 
cor re spond'ence 
pre co'cious 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


670. Dictation 

I 

If a man be gracious to strangers, it shows 
he is a citizen of the world, and his heart is no 
island, cut off from other islands, but a conti¬ 
nent that joins them.—- Bacon. 


671. Business Terms 


stor'age 
sure'ty 
syn'di cate 
tare 
tar'iff 
terms 


tick'ler 
time draft 
trade dis'count 
trade'-mark 
val'id 


void 

vouch'er 

ware'house 

ware'house re ceipt' 

war'ran ty 

way'bill 


val'ue re ceived' 

Mark these words completely, and use each term in a 
sentence. 

672. Derivatives 


With prefixes meaning together, and against. 


Underline the prefixes in these words, define each word, 
and use it in a sentence. 


co e'qual 
cor re spond' 
co op'e rate 
co or'di nate 
co ex ten'sive 


con tain' 
con yoke' 
con sist'ent 

r\ 

con'flu ence 
con ver'gent 


coun ter act 
coun'ter claim 
con'tro ver sy 
con tra vene' 
6/ fend' 


co l lab'o rate 
com'pen sate 
co l lect' 
oc'eu py 

\J f JL. Wl 

op po §ite 


204 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


i 


673. Adjective Suffixes 

Underline the suffixes in these words, give the meaning of 
each, and define and use each word in a sentence. 


Al'pine 
ma line' 
o'dor ous 
me tal'lic 
pul'mo na ly 


pu'er ile 
ca nine' 
au'di to ry 
re sent'ful 
fal la'cious 


sub sid'i a ry 
trans lu'cent 
ir rel'e vant 
sap o na'ceous 
pre vent'ive 


Mark these words completely. 


674 

Mark these words completely, pronounce them, and use 
each in a sentence. 


in i'ti ate 
or'tho dox 
world'li ness 
thor'ough 
bul'le tin 


e las tic'i ty 
coun'te nance 
pit'i a ble 
sat u ra'tion 
cau'ter ize 


al le ga'tion 
el e men'ta ry 
un a bridged' 
in ge nu'i ty 
ca tas'tro phe 


dusk'i ness 

fres'co 

skill'ful 

si'pbon 

whis'tler 


675. Books and Authors 


Madison Cawein 

“Intimations of the Beau¬ 
tiful.” 

Walt Whitman 

“President Lincoln’s 
Burial Hymn” 

Joaquin Miller 

“Songs of the Sierras” 
Thomas Nelson Page 

“Two Little Confederates” 
“In Old Virginia” 


James Audubon 
“Birds of America” 

William Dean Howells 
“Italian Journeys” 

Ralph Waldo Emerson 
“Essay on Compensation” 
Joel Chandler Harris 

“Nights with Uncle Remus” 
Julia Ward Howe 

“Battle Hymn of the Re¬ 
public” 


SIXTH COURSE 


205 


676. Nouns that Have no Singular Form 


an'nalg 

ob'se quies 

scis'sors 

new§ 

ash'es 

o'ver afis 

• • JL 

nup'tialg 

pol'i tics 

as'sets 

ti'dlngs 

tweez'ers 

X 

eth'ics 

bitters 

X 

trou'sers 

j- _i_ 

ves'pers 

mo las'seg 

Words in 

last column are plural in form, 

but singular in 

meaning, taking a singular verb as predicate; 

as “The news is 

interesting.” 





677. Noun Suffixes 


Change these words, using 

suffixes meaning one who, that 

which , or state of being. 



trag'e dy 

ra'di ant 

de fi'cient 

friv'o lous 

com'e dy 

bril'liant 

de spond'ent 

fe ro'cious 

his'to ry 

con'stant 

ef fi'cient 

doc'ile 

gram'mar 

re luc'tant 

pro fi'cient 

sa ga'cious 

Eu'rope 

men'di cant 

suf fi'cient 

re cip'ro cate 

Define the 

i words you form 

from those above. Underline 

the suffixes 

used. Mark completely the words above, and 

also the derivatives you form from them. 



678. Derivatives 


Diminutive suffixes, meaning 

little, small . 


ves'i cle 

lad'die 

noz'zle 

fer'ule 

fol'li cle 

las'sie 

speck'le 

ro sette' 

cor'pus cle 

lamb'kin 

i'ci cle 

cig a rette' 

ret'i cule 

gos'ling 

par'ti cle 

bru nette' 

mol'e cule 

duck'ling 

glob'ule 

stat u ette' 


Define these words, and use each in a sentence. Mark 
them completely. 


206 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


679 

Syllabify, mark, pronounce, and use these words in sen- 


tences. 

Jerusalem 

Victoria 

luscious 

confront 

Mecca 

Wilhelmina 

mechanic 

merchandise 

Philippine 

Ophelia 

modulate 

abeyance 

Egypt 

Rosamond 

obdurate 

dolorous 

Cairo 

Miranda 

precedence 

precinct 

Arabia 

Catherine 

flimsy 

fidelity 

Himalaya N 

Magdalene 

clique 

chasm 

Euphrates 

Phyllis 

apropos 

brethren 

Ganges 

Priscilla 

fathom 

catsup 

Morocco 

Rebecca 

antipodes 

bronchitis 


Write correctly and mark all words you misspelled in the 
last twenty exercises. 


680. Dictation 

Build thee more stately mansions, O my soul, 

As the swift seasons roll! 

Leave thy low-vaulted past! 

Let each new temple, nobler than the last, 

Shut thee from heaven with a dome more vast, 

Till thou at length art free, 

Leaving thine outgrown shell by life’s unresting sea! 

— Oliver Wendell Holmes. 


681. Business Terms 


partner ship 
per an'num 
per cent' 
per di'em 

Mark these words 
a sentence. 


per'son al ty 
post'date 
an'te date 
pre'mi um 

completely, and use 


pres'ent worth 
pro'ceeds 
pro ra'ta 
pro'test 

each term above in 


SIXTH COURSE 


207 


682. The Greek Alphabet 

Note: To aid pupils in the use of the dictionary, where 
Greek letters are used to indicate Greek roots, it is deemed 
necessary to supply here the Greek Alphabet, with equiv¬ 
alent English symbols. It will prove helpful and interesting, 
too, to be able to understand the use made by the diction- 


ary of 

these 

characters. 




Letter 

English 

Equiv. 

Name 

Letter 

English 

Equiv. 

1 Name 

A a 

a 

alpha 

N v 

n 

nu 

B /3 

b 

beta 

O o 

& 

0 

o'micron 

r 7 

g 

gamma 

11 7r 

p 

pi (or pi) 

A 8 

d 

delta 

p p 

r, rh 

rho 

E e 

V 

e 

e'psilon 

2 a s 

s 

sigma 

Z £ 

z, dz 

zeta (dze'ta) 

T T 

t 

tau (ta or tow) 

H rj 

e 

eta 

T v 

y> u 

y'psilon (u'psilon) 

© e 

th 

theta 

</> 

ph 

phi (phi) 

I i 

b y 

i o ta 

x x 

ch 

chi (c/u) 

K * 

k, c 

kappa 

v ^ 

ps 

psi (psi) 

A X 

1 

lambda 

12 CO 

0 

o me'ga (o me'ga) 

M fl 

m 

mu 





How many letters in the Greek alphabet? What ones have 
two forms? 


683. Greek Prefixes and English Derivatives 


Prefixes 

Meaning 

Derivatives 

an, a 

not , without 

ap'a thy 

a non'y mous 

ana 

up, throughout 

a nako gy 

a nal'y sis 

anti 

opposite, against 

ant arc'tic 

an tip'a thy 

apo 

off, away 

a pol'o gy 

a pos'tro phe 

cata 

down, alorig 

ca tarrh' 

cat'a ract 

dia 

across or through 

di ; a phragm 

di'a log 

dys 

had, ill, unlucky 

dys pep'sia 

dys'en ter y 

epi 

upon, against 

ep i dem'ic 

ep i der'mis 

ex, ec, exo out 

e clipse' 

ex'o dus 

en,endo 

within 

en'er gy 

en'do gen 

Note: 

The final vowel in 

Greek prefixes 

is often lost: 


antii) arc'tic, cat(a) h'o lie. 


208 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


684. Dictionary Exercise 

ma raud'er (ma rod'er) n. [F. maraud, a vagabond]. One 
who roves in quest of plunder. A lawless person. 

In a similar manner, mark, pronounce, and write the 
derivations and definitions of the following words: 


es chew' 
myr'i ad 
ur'chin 


vul'gar 
ec'sta sy 
pur'ga to ly 


ret'i nue 
em'i grant 
im'mi grant 


hi lar'i ty 
tro'phy 
man i fes'to 


685. Phonic Review 


Vowels in Unaccented Syllables 


ci and ti = 

fa'cial 

r\ 

gla'cial 

SJ f • W 

VI C10US 

of fi'ci ate 


sh and shi 

in i'ti ate 

fa ge'tious 

e nun'ci ate 

ex cru'ci ate 

• • 


a, e, o, u a, e, o 

ft* 7 ' n 

a'pi a ry o me'ga 

de lir'i oiis pet'u lant 
con spic'u ous pes'ti lenge 
vo lup'tu ous Ful'ton 


Sound ci, ti, and tu in these words. Sound accented 
vowels in these words. In what words are there Modified 
long vowelsf Obscure vowelsf 


686. Various Sounds of Letters 


du'bi ous 
ju'bilant 
lu'na tic 

r\ 

un'du late 
lem on ade' 


quar'an tine 
av'a rige 
co'ca ine 

r\ 

in clu'sive 
pa la'ver 


a thwart' 

n • • 

or'gies 
cross'-eyed 
dol'or oils 
pa paw' 


butter ine 
eu'lo glze 
sub sl'denge 
san'guine 
tour'na ment 

• • A A 


Pronounce these words, and sound the accented vowels. 
What words are polysyllables? Dissyllables? Trisyllables? 

Write, mark and sound all letters in these words that have 
equivalents. 


SIXTH COURSE 


209 


687. Greek Prefixes and English Derivatives 


eu, ev 

= good, well, lucky 

eu'pho ny 

e van'gel ize 

hyper 

= over or beyond 

hyper crit'ic al 

Hy pe'ri on 

hypo 

—up, under 

hyp'o crite 

hy pot' e nuse 

meta 

— over, beyond, 
changing with 

met a phys'ics 

me ton'y my 

para 

= by the side of 

par'al lei 

par'a ble 

peri 

= around 

per'i scope 

per im'e ter 

pro 

= before, for 

pro'gram 

proph'e cy 

syn 




sy 

syl 

> = together 

/ syn'the sis 
\ syl'la ble 

sys'tem 
sym'pa thy 


sym 


Write the above derivatives, mark, pronounce and define 
them, and use each in a sentence. 

In which of these derivatives has the prefix lost its final 
vowel? 


688 . Greek Suffixes 


ize (v.) =to make, or cause baptize' 

y (n.) —act or state of being an'arch y 

ism (n.) = act o’r state of being an tag'o nism 

ist (n.) =one who does or favors e van'gel ist 


ite 

id, iae, ad « 
in, ine 


(n.) =son of, 

descended from, 
derived from, 
made of, named for 


Is'ra el ite 
I pro'te id 
sul'phide 
nic'o tin 


ic (adj. or n.) 
often lengthened' 

to ical, ics 


= belonging to 
connected with, 
like 


\ 

an gel'ic 
mu'si cal 

/ 


ag'o nize 
ag'o ny 
e van'gel ism 
mon'arch ist 

Le'vite 
myr'i ad 
mor'phine 
ox'ide 

pol'i tics 
his tor'ic 


Note: Many of the Latin suffixes are also Greek. 

Write one or more other words bearing each of these 
suffixes. 

Define each word you make; mark, pronounce, and use 
it in a sentence. 












210 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


689 

Mark these words completely, pronounce them, and use 
each in a sentence: 


a poth'e ca ry 
en roll'ment 
in fec'tion 
ep i dem'ic 
ex or'bi tant 
bris'tle 
e'qua ble 


pac'i fy 
cruis'er 
ter'ri fy 
can'ni bal 
gym na'si um 
par'a phrase 
pe cu li ar'i ty 


hu mil'i a'tion 
pam'phlet 
ham'mock 
par'a ble 
del'i ca cy 
re cip'i ent 
de lib'er ate 


690. Dictation 

[From “The Vision of Sir Launfal”] 

Not what we give, but what we share, 

For the gift without the giver is bare; 

Who gives himself with his alms feeds three; 
Himself, his hungering neighbor, and me. 

—James Russell Lowell. 


691. Pertaining to History and Civics 


marq ue 
re pri'gal 
con vene' 

M journ' 
re prieve' 
in dlct'ment 
bank'rupt gy 
con curVenge 


am bas'sa dor 
im peacb'ment 
res ig na'tion 
rep re sent' 
nat'u ral Ize 
plu ral'i ty 
el'i gi ble 
dis frail'chlse 


nom l nee' 
e lec'tor 

Wl J- w • — 

ab o rig i ne§ 
in ter'pret er 
pro vin'cial 
Prot'es tant 
ex pe di'tipn 
in tol'er ant 


Sound each of the marked letters in the words above, pro 
nounce the words, and use each in a sentence. 


SIXTH COURSE 


0 1 
iJi. 


1 


692. Some Greek Root-Words and the English Derivatives 

From the following Greek root-words write two or more 
other English derivatives. Syllabify, mark, pronounce, and 
use in sentences the derivatives below. 


Root-Words 

Meaning 


Derivatives 

au tos' 

one’s self 



• 

de'mos 

the people 

% 

autocratic 

autocracy 

kra'tos 

rule, power, 


democracy 

undemocratic 


government , 




lo'gos 

1 orderly 

{ description, study 

p apology 

logic 

pa'thos 

feeling, suffering 

antipathy 

sympathy 

pho'ne 

voice, sound 


phonic 

phonograph 

po'lis 

city, state 


police 

politics 

tech'ne 

skill 


technique 

technical 

to'pos 

a place 


topic 

topographical 

ty ran'nos 

unlawful ruler 

tyrant 

tyranny 

zo'on < 

living creature, \ 
animal f 

zoology 

epizootic 


Observe: Compound words are often formed from Greek 
roots; as in democracy, rule of the people. 

Of the derivatives you make from the Greek root-words, 
what ones are compounded by using two roots? 


693. What Words Mean — Greek Root-Words and their 

English Derivatives 


Bap'tein, to dip; graph'ein, to write; gram'ma, a letter; 
lith'os, a stone; te'le, far off; ge, the earth. 


bap'tism 
bap tize' 
bap'list 
bap'tis tiy 


graph'ic 
au'to graph 
ge og'ra phy 
lith'o graph 


gran/mar 
di'a gram 
mon'o gram 
tel'e gram 


Underline affixes, and define each of these derivatives. 
Write one or more other derivatives from each, mark and 
pronounce them, and use each in a sentence. 




212 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


694 

* Mark, pronounce, and use the following words in sentences: 


de li'cious 

im me mo'ri al whirlpool 

tes'ti mo'ni al 

il lu'mi nate 

sar'sa pa ril'la um brel'la 

te na'cious 

rec i proc'i ty 

tem'per a ment im'pi ous 

rail'ler y 

de lir'i ous 

val'e dic'to ry em'bas sy 

vi'a duct 

ig no ra'mus 

im pet'u os'i ty ve neer' 

em'i nent 

695. Rules of Spelling Reviewed 

Repeat the 

six Rules for Spelling given 

previously, and 

state which rule applies to each of the following words: 

a mus'ing 

ho'li est 

fish'es 

per suad'ing 

or'di na ri ly 

speech'es 

mov'a ble 

ac com'pa ni ment 

box'es 

oc cur'rence 

oc cu pa'tions 

shelves 

ac quit'tal 

res'er voirs 

knives 

com pelled' 

class'es 

adz'es 


Write the simpler form of each word, showing the applica¬ 
tions of rules. 


696. Special Rules for Spelling and Pronunciation 

1. Proper names ending in y form their plural by adding s. 

Our Henrys and Marys are numerous. 

* 

2. A noun ending in y preceded by a vowel forms its 
plural by adding s. 

holidays, convoys, railways, journeys 

3. The final letter of a root or prefix is usually retained 
before a suffix or root beginning with the same letter. 

cruel ly dis satisfy mis statement 

formal ly un necessary ir regular 

Write one or more examples of words spelled according 
to the above special rules. 


SIXTH COURSE 


213 


697 

Write, syllabify, mark, pronounce, and use each of the 
following words in a sentence: 


sphere 

illegible 

cascade 

depreciate 

fraught 

permanency 

miniature 

concentrate 

jubilee 

superstitious 

dimensions migration 

overwhelm 

orchestra 

supersede 

boisterous 


698. Derivatives from the Greek 

f 

dy'na mo 

phe nom'e non 

pan a ce'a 

dy'na mite 

phi los'o 

P h y 

pan'cre as 

eu'pho ny 

phi lol'o gy 

pan o ra'ma 

sym'pho ny 

phi lan'thro py 

pan The on 

hom'o phone 

Phil a del'phia 

Pan' A mer'i can 

Define these words and state what parts of them are roots. 

Mark and pronounce them, 

and use each 

in a sentence. 

699. Spelling and Pronouncing Tests 

Syllabify, mark, pronounce, and use these words in sen- 

tences: 


• 


Abyssinia 

Kelat 

validity 

thralldom 

Samoa 

Sinai 

uniform 

libeler 

Kamchatka 

Suez 

promissory 

savior 

Algiers 

Corea 

preeminent 

mysterious 

Shanghai 

Sydney 

magazine 

annulment 

Zambezi 

Thibet 

collapse 

exorable 

Melbourne 

Hawaii 

diphthong 

pretentious 

Yokohama 

Peking 

panorama 

coalesce 

Smyrna 

Bagdad 

appease 

infatuate 

Damascus 

Tokyo 

colleague 

texture 


Write correctly all words you misspelled in the last twenty 


exercises. 


214 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


700. Dictation 

But oh! to me the sweetest day 
In any season of the year, 

In dimpled spring or winter gray. 

Or autumn gold or dun or drear, 

Is that fair day on whose white face 
No word or deed of mine can be 
A cloud to gloom or stain its grace — 
This is the sweetest day to me . 

—Jennie C. Morton. 


701. Business Terms 

bill of lading de mand' note bank'note 

contin'gent fund com mis'sion mer'chant bank'draft 

con sid er a'tion com mer'cial pa'per pass'book 

con sign'or cer'ti fied check bal'ance sheet 

con sign ee' clos'ing an ac'count an'te date 

cou'pon bond bond'ed goods ad valo'rem 

Mark all these words, and use each term in a sentence. 


702. 

What Words 

Mean — Greek Boots 
Derivatives 

and English 

Roots 

Meaning 

Derivatives 

am phi' 

around 

am phib'i ous 

am phi the'a ter 

bib'lion 

a book 

Bi'ble 

bib li og'ra phy 

bi'os 

life 

bi ol'o gy 

bi og'ra phy 

ba'ros 

weight 

ba rom'e ter 

bar'y tone 

dy'o 

two 

di lem'ma 

dis syl'la ble 

chri'o 

I anoint 

Christ 

chris'ten dom 

do ke'o 

I think, approve dox ol'ogy 

or'tho dox 

ekgon 

a work 

cn'er gy 

sur'gcon 

ge'no 

I produce 

gen'e al'o gy 

gen'e sis 


Define these derivatives and write one or more others from 
each root. - Mark, pronounce, and use the derivatives above 
in sentences. 


SIXTH COURSE 


215 


703. Derivatives from the Greek 


ba rom'e ter 
hy drom'e ter 
pe dom'e ter 
cy clom'e ter 
chro nom'e ter 


bi og'ra phy 
or thog'ra phy 
pho tog'ra phy 
ste nog'ra phy 
pho nog'ra phy 


hy'drant 
hy drau'lic 
hy dro pho'bia 
hy dran'ge a 
hy'dro gen 


Define these words, and state what are the Greek root- 
words from which they are derived. Mark them completely, 
and use each in a sentence. 


704. Phonic Review 


Write words in which the 


used: 

9 uses of macron. 5 

7 uses of breve. 3 

3 uses of. dot above. 4 

3 uses of dot below. 2 

3 uses of two dots above. 2 

3 uses of two dots below. 2 

3 uses of circumflex. 1 


following diacritical marks are 

uses of tilde. 

uses of inverted breve. 

uses of modified macron above. 

uses of modified macron below. 

uses of tie bar below. 

uses of transverse bar through. 

use of cedilla below. 


705. Various Sounds of Vowels and Consonants 


bron'e/io / de co'rous prom e nade' de mo ni'a cal 
can'ker ca mel'o pard pur'Heu ep i zo ot'ic 


junc'ture sym'me try or'tho e py 

e merge' er'u dlte con'flu enge 

ex /laws'tive quer'u bus con'tour 
sue ginet' fig'ur a tive co'ad ju'tor 


loathe'some 

hef'nous 

o'le 6 mar'ga rine 
drom'e da ry 


Sound all marked letters in these words. Pronounce the 
words, and each accented syllable separately, and use each 
word in a sentence. 


216 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


phlegm 

sphinx 

phoe'nix 

zeph'yr 


Derivatives 

chol'e ra 
phar'ynx 
ep'i taph 
hem'i sphere 


from the Greek 
706 

pro phet/ic 
phos'pho rus 
rheu'ma tism 
phthis'ic 


pleu'ri sy 
lep'ro sy 
pneu mo'nia 
bron chi'tis 


Mark these words completely, and use each in a sentence. 


707 


ode mel'o dy 

phys'ic par'o dy 

phrase trag'e dy 


phy si'cian 
phys'ics 
phys i ol'o gy 


the ol'o gy 
a'the ism 
en thu'si asm 


Define these words, mark and pronounce them, and use 
each in a sentence. 


708 


Mark, pronounce, and use these words in sentences: 


a gree'a ble 
al might'y 
ra'di ance 
e vap'o rate 


re bel'lious 
sac'ra ment 
com min'gle 
san'gui na ry 


de sir a ble 
va'ri ous 
so bri'e ty 
re cit'al 


per'me ate 
hearse 
pic'nic 
pop'u lace 


709. Dictation 

The muffled drum’s sad roll has beat 
The soldier’s last tattoo; 

No more on life’s parade shall meet 
That brave and fallen few. 

On Fame’s eternal camping ground 
Their silent tents are spread, 

But Glory guards, with solemn round, 

The Bivouac of the Dead. 

— Theodore O’ Hara. 


SIXTH COURSE 


217 


Words from Various Languages 


710 


French 

tav'ern 

plaque 

frieze 

cor'set 

cour'age 

dun'geon 


Dutch 

dap'per 

loi'ter 

brack'ish 

wain'scot 

landscape 

i'sin glass 


711 

Arabic 
ad'mi ral 

al'ka li 
ze'nith 
al'ge bra 
ar'ti choke 
mas quer ade' 


Slavonic 

era vat' 

sa'ble 

trum'pet 

trom'bone 

how'it zer 

vam'pire 


Mark, pronounce, and use these words in sentences. 


712. Derivatives from the Greek 


au'to graph 
au tom'a ton 
au'top sy 
au to mat'ic 


au ton'o my 
zo ol'ogy 
pa thol'o gy 
psy chol'o gy 


gen'e al'o gy 
bi ol'o gy 
tac'tics 
syn'tax 


tax'i der mist 
tac ti'cian 
typ'ic al 
symp'tom 

use each in a 


Mark, define and pronounce these words, 
sentence, and state what parts are roots. 


Derivatives from Latin and Greek 
713 Latin 714 Greek 


te ne're = to hold; 
ten'ure re tain' 
ten'ant re ten'tive 
con'ti nent 
a'qua = water 
aq'ue duct a quat'ic 
a'que ous a qua'ri um 
aq'ua for'tis 

(for'tis= strong) 


o'no ma = a name; 
syn'o nym a non'y mous 
pseu'do nym hom'o nym 
an'to nym 
met'ron = a measure 
me'ter di am'e ter 

ba rom'e ter sym'me tiy 
ther mom'e ter 
(ther'mos= heat) 

715 


Mark the words in exercises 713 and 714, pronounce them* 
and use each in a sentence. 


218 


MANUAL OF SPELLING 


716 

717 

718 

719 

excruciating 

aesthetic 

statistics 

zephyr 

soliloquize 

intrigue 

obligatory 

vizier 

clandestine 

schedule 

cornucopia 

squadron 

indictment 

genesis 

complacency 

sojourn 

phosphorescent 

piquancy 

curriculum 

suburban 

anesthetic 

viscid 

ultramarine 

nocturnal 

exhilaration 

tragedian 

tutelage 

obsolete 

supplementary 

venerable 

flippancy 

metallic 

amphibious 

tranquilize 

bipetalous 

forceps 

pessimist 

somersault 

ruddiness 

assuage 

wariness 

righteous 

fruition 

boudoir 

aliquot 

barrier 

ridiculous 

summary 

incipient 

career 

stupendous 

opportune 

acquiring 

equipage 

indecision 

parasite 

acquitting 

embarrass 

indelible 

persuade 

gorgeous 

illiterate 

jaundice 

physician 

grandeur 

illustrate 

jocular 

rhyme 

harangue 

imaginary 

jugglery 

semicolon 

heliotrope 

incentive 

junction 

reciprocate 

maniac 

munificent 

ostracize 

enigma 

manipulate 

mustache 

parable 

caprice 

masquerade 

mysteiy 

paralyze 

proven 

massacre 

nauseate 

parenthesis 

glucose 

maximum 

negative 

parsimony 

chorister 

effervescence 

dysentery 

burlesque 

coagulate 


720 

Write correctly all words misspelled in the last twenty 
exercises, and mark them completely. 


SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES 


This list of one hundred specimen words in simplified 
spelling is printed by the Simplified Spelling Board for the 
use of those persons who wish to have at hand a short list 
of typical simplified forms. 


activ 

discnst 

honor 

shipt 

addrest 

dont 

iland 

slipt 

alfabet 

draft 

imagin 

spred 

altho 

dred 

imprest 

stedfast 

anser 

drest 

insted 

stopt 

ar 

dropt 

kild 

sulfur 

askt 

dnm 

leag 

surprize 

bild 

endorst 

liv’ 

taxt 

bilding 

engin 

medicin 

telefone 

bredth 

enuf 

medieval 

telegraf 

brekfast 

examin 

nativ 

theater 

brest 

exprcst 

notis 

tho 

campain 

fantom 

offis 

thoro 

catalog 

favorit 

orderd 

thred 

center 

fixt 

paragraf 

thru 

cifer 

fonograf 

plow 

til 

dipt 

fotograf 

practis 

tred 

confest 

fulfil 

program 

tuch 

crost 

gard 

relativ 

tuf 

crusht 

gardian 

resolv 

tung 

curv 

giv 

rime 

washt 

ded 

hav * 

ruf 

wel 

definit 

lied 

serv 

welth 

deserv 

lielpt 

servis 

wil 

det 

helth 

shal 

yimg 


219 


220 


MANUAL OF SPELLING. 


Foreign Phrases and Their Abbreviations 


Abbr. 

Complete phrase 

Latin unless otherwise stated 

Meaning 

A.B., B.A. 

Artium baccalaureus 

Bachelor of Arts 

ab init. 

ab initio 

from the beginning 

A.D. 

Anno Domini 

in the year of onr Lord 
(i.e., since his birth) 

ad fin. 

ad finem 

toward the end 

ad lib. 

ad libitum 

at pleasure 

a.m. 

ante meridiem 

before midday 

A.M., M.A., Artium magister 

Master (i.e., teacher) of 



Arts 

B.S. 

Baccalaureus scientiae 

Bachelor of Science 

e-g. 

exempli gratia 

for the sake of example 

et al. 

et alii, et alia 

and other (persons, 
things) 

etc. 

et cetera 

and other things 

ib., ibid. 

ibidem 

in the same place 

id. 

t 

idem 

the same 

i.e. 

id est 

that is 

incog. 

incognito (It.) 

unknown (i.e., traveling 
as a private person) 

inst. 

instante mense 

in the present month 

Mile. 

Mademoiselle (Fr.) 

Miss 

MS. 

manu scriptum 

manuscript 

N.B. 

Nota bene 

mark well 

no. 

numero 

number 

per an. 

per annum 

by the year 

per cent. 

per centum 

by the hundred 

Ph. D. 

Philosophiae Doctor 

Doctor (i.e., teacher) of 



Philosophy 

p.m. 

post meridiem 

after midday 

pro tem. 

pro tempore 

for a time 

prox. 

proximo mense 

(in) next month 

P.S. 

post scriptum 

written afterward 

R.3.V.P. 

Repondez, s’il vous 



plait (Fr.) 

reply, please 

Ste. 

Sainte (Fr.) 

Saint (feminine) 

ult. 

ultimo mense 

(in) last month 


SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES 


221 

Some Great Writers, Artists, Statesmen, Inventors, and 

Soldiers 


Shakespeare 

Millet 

Stephenson 

Caesar 

Milton 

Rembrandt 

Watt 

Cromwell 

Homer 

Titian 

Whitney 

Franklin 

Byron 

Van Dyck 

Galileo 

Gladstone 

Dante 

Dore 

Edison 

Napoleon 

V oltaire 

Rubens 

Fulton 

Foch 

Wordsworth 

Socrates 

Morse 

Clay 

Coleridge 

Newton 

Arkwright 

Calhoun 

Bryant 

Locke 

Marconi 

Blaine 

Lowell 

Darwin 

Bell 

Roosevelt 

Longfellow 

Bacon 

Wright 

Webster 

Irving 

Diogenes 

Pasteur 

Lloyd George 


Write the names of other famous men, and state to which 
class each belongs. 


From Lincoln’s Gettysburg Speech 
(Address at the Dedication of Gettysburg Cemetery, November 19, 1863) 

Fourscore and seven years ago our fathers brought forth 
upon this continent a new nation, conceived in liberty, and 
dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. 

a. a. a. 

W W W W w 

It 'is for us, the living, rather, to be dedicated here to the 
unfinished work which they who fought here have thus far 
so nobly carried on. It is rather for us to be here dedicated 
to the great task remaining before us; that from these 
honored dead we take increased devotion to the cause for 
which they gave the last full measure of devotion; that we 
here highly resolve that these dead shall not have died in 
vain; that this nation, under God, shall have a new birth of 
freedom; and that the government of the people, by the 
people, and for the people, shall not perish from the earth. 


222 


MANUAL OF SPELLING. 


SPECIAL SPELLING TESTS 


ar'ter y 
as'phalt 
ath let'ic 
at ten'tion 
at'tic 
ful fill' 
fur'nisli 
gam'bol 
gar'bage 
ge og'ra phy 
glimpse 
gos'pel 
herbs 
lio'sier y 
hymn 
in'fan cy 
in i'tial 
in ju'ri ous 
in'no cent 
in ter rapt' 
rep'tile 
res o ln'tion 
re stored' 
ri'fle 
riv'n let 
rogue 
ru'in 
ru'ral 
sal'ad 
sal'a ry 


bonnd'a ry 

braise 

buf'fa lo 

busi'ness 

cam'bric 

la'dle 

la pel' 

latch'string 

law'yer 

lin'e ar 

lin'ing 

liq'uid 

loi'ter 

mac a ro'ni 

mag a zine' 

man'do lin 

ma te'ri als 

meth'od 

min'er al 

mis'chie vous 

scoured 

scythe 

sec'tion 

seized 

se'ri als 

se'ri ous 

set'tle ment 

shep'herd 

shield 

shriv'el 


dis ease' 
drooped 
drow'sy 
dye'ing 
ex cur'sion 
mor'sel 
mor'tar 
mu'ci lage 
nec'es sa ry 
ni'ce ty 
no'bod y 
north'era 
nurs'er y 
op'er ate 
o pin'ion 
pam'phlet 
par'a sol 
par'tial 
pas'sen ger 
path'way 
so ci'e ty 
sol'der 
soot 
sor'rel 
south'ern 
spec'ta cle 
spin'ning 
squeak'ing 
sta'men 
sta'tion er y 


for'tune 

fra'grant 

freck'le 

fright'ened 

frig'id 

pa'tri ot 

pho'to graph 

plat'form 

postscript 

poul'tice 

pov'er ty 

pres'ent ly 

pre serves' 

pri va'tions 

prob'lem 

pshaw 

que'ry 

quo'tient 

rec'i pe 

rein 

stran'gle 

stu'dent . 

sub'urb 

sud'den ly 

sug gest'ed 

sur'plus 

sys'tem 

tai'lor 

tanned 

tar'nish 


SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES 


223 


ad van'tage 

ad'ver tise 

a gil'i ty 

al'ien 

as cend' 

as pir'ant 

at tain' 

aught 

av'a rice 

ax'i om 

en've lope 

en vel'op 

e qual'i ty 

e quip' 

ev'i dent 

ex alt' 

ex hale' 

fac'ulty 

fan'ci ful 

fath'om 

fa tigue' 

fes'ti val 

fiend 

flex'i ble 

for'eign er 

for lorn' 

frag'ile 

fric'tion 

oc ca'sion 

or'a cle 

or'di na ry 

out ra'geous 

ox'y gen 

pa la'tial 

par'a graph 

peace'a ble 

pe rns'al 

poise 

por'trait 

prec'i pice 

prof'fer 

pro'noun 

pyr'a mid 

vict'uals 

waltz 

weird 

woe'ful 

yacht 

sav'age 

sick'le 

stat'ue 

tas'sel 

sa'vor y 

sieve 

stead'i ly 

ten'nis 

scar'city 

silk'en 

stew'ard 

ter'ri ble 

scen'er y 

sim'pli fy 

stir'ring 

thor'ough 

schol'ar ly 

snatched 

stom'ach 

ti'dings 

ton'ic 

va nil'la 

whith'er 

Dan'ville 

touched 

van'ish ing 

who ev'er 

Nash'ville 

tor'ment 

va'por ize 

whole'sale 

Chat ta noo'ga 

tow'er 

veg'e ta ble 

whom 

Mem'phis 

trap'per 

vex a'tion 

wick'et 

Ful'ton 

treas'ures 

vil'lain 

win'dows 

Som'er set 

trem'ble 

vi o lin' 

won'drous 

Cin cin na'ti 

tri'fle 

vis'i tor 

wrench 

Lou'is ville 

trow'el 

vol'ume 

wring'ing 

In di an ap'o lis 

tu'tor 

vol un teer' 

wrong 

St. Lou'is 

ty'ing 

wa'fer 

wor'ship 

Chica'go 

ur'chin 

wealth'y 

Yan'kee 

Bir'ming ham 

u ten'sil 

weap'on 

yes'tg: day 

At lan'ta 

va ca'tion 

weath'er 

young'ster 

Mont gom'er y 

val'u a ble 

wheth'er 

youth'ful 

Har'rods burg 


MANUAL OF SPELLING. 


224 

al'li ga tor 
col lapse' 
con'fi dence 
cor'dial 
cov'ey 
de cay' 
gai'ter 
go'plier 
in dorse' 
lunch'eon 
a nal'y sis 
ap par'el 
di'a mond 
doi'ly 
main tain' 
mes'sen ger 
stain pede' 
suite 
te'di ous 
tor na'do 
n nique' 
phy si'cian 
pi'ra cy 
plen'te ous 
prej'u dice 
pro fi'cient 
propli'e sy 
quar tet' 
qui'nine 
ran'cid 
re b el'lion 


al'ti tude 
com'merce 
con'tact 
corpse 
crev'ice 
de clar'a tive 
gal'ler y 
guise 

in ser'tion 
sa li'va 
ant arc'tic 
ar'chi tect 
dis ap pear' 
drought 
mea'sles 
mi li'tia 
stand'ard 
su perb' 
ten'e ment 
tor'ture 
vague 

re cip'ro cate 
rec'og nize 
rec om mend' 
re cruit'ing 
ref er ee' 
re li'gion 
re mem'brance 
re pub'lic 
res ig na'tion 
re triev'ing 


a'mi a ble 

com plex' 

con tra diet' 

corps 

crit'ic 

de file' 

ghast'ly 

hark'en 

knack 

san'guine 

anx i'e ty 

de scend'ant 

dis sat'is fy 

ea'sel 

me chan'ic 

mil'li ner 

stor'age 

symp'tom 

ter'race 

tran'som 

ve'hi cle 

rhyme 

ri'val ry 

sa gac'i ty 

salm'on 

san'i ta ry 

sar'easm 

sched'ule 

scru'pu lous 

scru'ti ny 

sculp'ture 


a muse'ment 
con cede' 
con vene' 
cour'te sy 
crys'tal 
den'tist 
ging'ham 
hearse 
loathe 
scourge 
a pos'tro phe 
de sir'ous 
di vis'i ble 
em'pha sis 
me rid'i an 
mir'a cle 
suf fice' 
tap'es try 
thresh'old 
trou'sers 
ver'dict 
sem'i co Ion 
se ren'i ty 
sig'na ture 
sim'i lar 
skep'ti cal 
spin'ach 
strat'e gy 
suf fi'cient 
su per'flu ous 
sym'me try 
























